1 #LyX 1.6.2svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
52 \use_default_options false
57 \font_typewriter default
58 \font_default_family default
68 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
69 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
73 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
74 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
75 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
304 arg "command-execute"
307 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
310 \begin_layout Standard
311 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
312 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
313 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
315 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
316 only a vertical scrollbar.
317 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
318 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
319 This, however, is due
320 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
321 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
322 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
323 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
325 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
326 this doesn't work for equations yet.
329 \begin_layout Standard
330 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
338 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
343 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
344 ing sections of this documentation.
347 \begin_layout Section
351 \begin_layout Standard
352 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
357 of the manuals from inside LyX.
358 Just select the manual you want read from the
365 \begin_layout Section
367 \begin_inset CommandInset label
369 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
376 \begin_layout Standard
377 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
378 without resorting to configuration files.
379 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
380 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
381 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
397 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
398 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
402 \begin_inset space \space{}
405 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
406 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
408 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
416 Reconfiguration of LyX
421 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
424 \begin_layout Section
426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
428 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
435 \begin_layout Standard
436 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
437 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
460 that will be created when using the menu
462 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
482 \begin_inset Note Note
485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
486 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
494 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
495 More about TeX Code is described in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
506 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
513 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
527 Reconfiguration of LyX
535 \begin_layout Chapter
539 \begin_layout Section
540 Basic File Operations
544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
553 \begin_layout Standard
558 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
559 in addition to some more advanced operations:
562 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_inset Graphics
567 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
568 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
575 \begin_layout Itemize
593 \begin_layout Itemize
599 \begin_inset Graphics
600 filename ../images/file-open.png
601 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
608 \begin_layout Itemize
614 \begin_layout Itemize
620 \begin_inset Graphics
621 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
629 \begin_layout Itemize
639 \begin_layout Itemize
653 \begin_layout Itemize
663 \begin_layout Itemize
669 \begin_layout Itemize
675 \begin_layout Itemize
681 \begin_inset Graphics
682 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
683 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
690 \begin_layout Itemize
696 \begin_layout Standard
697 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
698 a few minor differences.
701 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
716 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
717 you for a template to use.
718 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
719 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
720 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
726 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
728 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
735 \begin_layout Standard
737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
760 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
761 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
764 \begin_layout Standard
785 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
790 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
815 will reload the document from disk.
816 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
817 and want to restore it to the last save.
826 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
827 can identify them as your changes.
830 \begin_layout Section
831 Basic Editing Features
835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
842 \begin_inset CommandInset label
844 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
853 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
854 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
855 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
857 We'll start with cut and paste.
860 \begin_layout Standard
861 As you might expect, the
865 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
866 various other editing features.
867 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
871 \begin_layout Itemize
877 \begin_inset Graphics
878 filename ../images/cut.png
879 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
886 \begin_layout Itemize
892 \begin_inset Graphics
893 filename ../images/copy.png
894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
901 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_inset Graphics
908 filename ../images/paste.png
909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
916 \begin_layout Itemize
926 \begin_layout Itemize
936 \begin_layout Itemize
950 \begin_inset Graphics
951 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
952 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
960 \begin_layout Standard
961 The first three are self-explanatory.
962 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
963 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
972 keys also functions as the
977 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
978 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
983 to get back the lost text.
986 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
996 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 \begin_inset space ~
1005 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1008 \begin_layout Standard
1011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1016 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1018 \begin_inset space ~
1022 \begin_inset space ~
1027 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1033 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1037 \begin_inset space ~
1042 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1043 will start a new paragraph.
1046 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1068 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1070 \begin_inset space ~
1074 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1086 \begin_inset space ~
1092 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1097 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 button to skip the current word.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1127 \begin_inset space ~
1132 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1134 If the toggle is set, searching for
1135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1146 will not match the word
1147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1161 Match whole words only
1163 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1194 \begin_layout Standard
1195 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1196 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1198 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1203 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1210 \begin_layout Section
1215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1234 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1241 \begin_layout Standard
1242 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1243 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1246 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1249 or the toolbar button
1250 \begin_inset Graphics
1251 filename ../images/undo.png
1252 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1256 to undo some mistake.
1257 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1259 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1262 or the toolbar button
1263 \begin_inset Graphics
1264 filename ../images/redo.png
1265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1277 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1278 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1281 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1284 \begin_layout Standard
1285 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1294 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1295 This is a consequence of the 100
1296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1299 step undo limit, above.
1302 \begin_layout Standard
1311 work on almost everything in LyX.
1312 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1316 \begin_layout Section
1321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1330 \begin_layout Standard
1331 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1334 \begin_layout Enumerate
1339 \begin_layout Itemize
1344 once anywhere in the edit window.
1345 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1349 \begin_layout Enumerate
1354 \begin_layout Itemize
1360 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1363 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1366 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1369 \begin_layout Itemize
1370 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1372 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1385 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1386 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1390 \begin_layout Enumerate
1395 \begin_layout Standard
1400 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1405 \begin_layout Section
1407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1409 name "sec:Navigating"
1417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1426 \begin_layout Standard
1427 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1430 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1436 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1439 \begin_layout Itemize
1442 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1445 or the toolbar button
1446 \begin_inset Graphics
1447 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1455 \begin_layout Standard
1456 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1457 (TOC) that is described in section
1458 \begin_inset space ~
1462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1464 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1469 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1470 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1471 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1472 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1473 to the document, see section
1474 \begin_inset space ~
1478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1480 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1489 option sorts the current list, and the
1493 option keeps it in the current view state.
1494 Keeping means that when you have e.
1495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1499 \begin_inset space \space{}
1502 the subsections of section
1503 \begin_inset space ~
1506 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1507 \begin_inset space ~
1510 3, the subsections of section
1511 \begin_inset space ~
1514 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1519 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1520 \begin_inset space ~
1526 \begin_layout Standard
1528 \begin_inset space \space{}
1532 \begin_inset Graphics
1533 filename ../images/down.png
1534 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1539 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1544 \begin_inset space \space{}
1548 \begin_inset Graphics
1549 filename ../images/up.png
1550 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1555 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1559 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1561 So you can for example move section
1562 \begin_inset space ~
1566 \begin_inset space ~
1570 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1572 \begin_inset Graphics
1573 filename ../images/promote.png
1574 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1579 \begin_inset Graphics
1580 filename ../images/demote.png
1581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1585 or the corresponding key bindings
1593 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1594 So you can for example make section
1595 \begin_inset space ~
1599 \begin_inset space ~
1603 \begin_inset space ~
1609 \begin_layout Section
1611 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1621 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1670 \begin_layout Standard
1671 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1673 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1674 is used to propose completions.
1677 \begin_layout Standard
1678 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1679 there are completions available.
1680 You can then press the
1684 key to use this completion.
1685 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1686 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1687 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1694 \begin_layout Standard
1695 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1697 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1700 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1702 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1705 by deselecting the option
1712 Automatic inline completion
1714 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1715 To accept this proposal, use the
1724 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1725 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1733 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1740 \begin_layout Section
1745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1818 \begin_layout Standard
1819 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1820 LyX's default is CUA.
1823 \begin_layout Standard
1827 \begin_inset space ~
1835 \begin_inset space ~
1856 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1860 \begin_layout Labeling
1861 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1865 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1866 LatexCommand nomenclature
1868 description "Tabulator key"
1874 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1875 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1876 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1882 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1887 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1889 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1893 , especially section
1894 \begin_inset space ~
1898 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1900 reference "sub:Lists"
1906 If you're still confused, look in the
1913 \begin_layout Labeling
1914 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1918 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1919 LatexCommand nomenclature
1921 description "Escape key"
1928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1935 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1936 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1939 \begin_layout Labeling
1940 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1946 \begin_inset space ~
1950 \begin_inset space ~
1957 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1958 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1962 \begin_layout Standard
1963 There are three modifier keys:
1966 \begin_layout Labeling
1967 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1985 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1986 LatexCommand nomenclature
1988 description "Control key"
1992 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1993 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1997 \begin_layout Itemize
2006 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2009 \begin_layout Itemize
2018 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2021 \begin_layout Itemize
2030 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2034 \begin_layout Labeling
2035 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2053 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2054 LatexCommand nomenclature
2056 description "Shift key"
2060 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2061 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2064 \begin_layout Labeling
2065 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2084 LatexCommand nomenclature
2086 description "Alt or Meta key"
2090 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2091 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2092 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2098 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2100 menu accelerator keys
2103 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2104 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2108 \begin_layout Standard
2109 For example, the sequence
2110 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2116 \begin_inset space ~
2120 \begin_inset space ~
2126 \begin_inset space ~
2134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2174 There are also other things bound to the
2178 key, but you'll have to check in the
2190 \begin_layout Standard
2191 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2192 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2193 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2194 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2195 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2196 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2197 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2198 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2214 followed by a capital
2221 \begin_layout Standard
2222 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2224 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2229 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2232 as explained in sec.
2233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2239 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2244 \begin_inset Formula \[
2252 \begin_layout Chapter
2257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2266 \begin_layout Section
2271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2280 \begin_layout Subsection
2284 \begin_layout Standard
2285 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2286 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2287 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2288 numbering schemes, and so on.
2289 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2290 and format the title of your document differently.
2293 \begin_layout Standard
2298 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2299 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2300 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2301 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2302 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2307 how to adjust their properties.
2310 \begin_layout Subsection
2315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2324 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2331 \begin_layout Standard
2332 You can select a class using the
2334 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2352 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2356 \begin_layout Standard
2357 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Article for basic articles
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 Report for basic reports
2369 \begin_layout Description
2370 Book for writing a book
2373 \begin_layout Description
2374 Letter for US-style letters
2377 \begin_layout Standard
2378 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2380 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2381 can be found in chapter
2383 Special Document Classes
2392 \begin_layout Description
2393 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2396 \begin_layout Description
2403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2412 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2416 \begin_layout Description
2417 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2418 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2419 There are three article layouts available.
2420 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2421 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2422 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2423 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2428 sequential numbering
2429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2432 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2433 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2434 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2435 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2438 \begin_layout Description
2439 Beamer Layout for presentations
2442 \begin_layout Description
2443 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2444 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2448 \begin_layout Description
2450 \begin_inset space ~
2453 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2456 \begin_layout Description
2457 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2460 \begin_layout Description
2463 Die TeXnische Komödie
2465 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2468 \begin_layout Description
2469 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2472 \begin_layout Description
2473 Foils Used to make transparencies
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2480 \begin_layout Description
2481 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2482 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2488 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2491 \begin_layout Description
2492 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2495 \begin_layout Description
2496 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2499 \begin_layout Description
2500 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2501 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2504 \begin_layout Description
2505 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2508 \begin_layout Description
2513 LaTeX document class
2516 \begin_layout Description
2517 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2520 \begin_layout Description
2525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2532 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2533 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2535 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2538 \begin_layout Description
2539 Slides Used to make transparencies
2542 \begin_layout Description
2544 \begin_inset space ~
2547 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2548 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2551 \begin_layout Description
2552 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2555 \begin_layout Description
2560 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2563 \begin_layout Standard
2564 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2566 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2571 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2572 of the document classes.
2575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2596 \begin_layout Standard
2597 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2598 in the chosen document class.
2599 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2601 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2602 the corresponding module in the
2608 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2622 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2626 \begin_layout Standard
2627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2635 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2636 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2644 \begin_layout Standard
2645 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2653 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 Each class has a default set of options.
2667 Here's a quick table describing them:
2670 \begin_layout Standard
2671 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2677 \begin_layout Standard
2679 \begin_inset Tabular
2680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2685 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2686 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3140 \begin_layout Standard
3141 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3147 \begin_layout Standard
3148 You're probably also wondering what
3149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3153 \begin_inset space ~
3157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3161 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3162 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3167 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3172 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3182 headings, there are also
3190 headings, and so on.
3191 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3192 \begin_inset space ~
3196 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3198 reference "sub:Headings"
3205 \begin_layout Subsection
3207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3209 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3238 \begin_layout Standard
3239 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3241 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3252 \begin_inset space ~
3257 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3259 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3260 to use for your document.
3261 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3265 \begin_layout Standard
3272 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3278 \begin_inset space ~
3283 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3284 You can choose between the following five options:
3287 \begin_layout Labeling
3288 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3293 Use default page style of current class.
3296 \begin_layout Labeling
3297 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3302 No page numbers or headings.
3305 \begin_layout Labeling
3306 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3314 \begin_layout Labeling
3315 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3320 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3321 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3322 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3325 \begin_layout Labeling
3326 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3331 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3341 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3347 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3348 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3350 Check the documentation for the
3354 package for more details,
3355 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3364 \begin_layout Standard
3369 of paragraphs is described in section
3370 \begin_inset space ~
3374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3376 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3383 \begin_layout Subsection
3384 Paper Size and Orientation
3388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3389 Document ! Paper size
3395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3397 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3404 \begin_layout Standard
3405 You'll find the following options in the menu
3408 \begin_inset space ~
3413 of the dialog of the
3415 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3433 \begin_layout Labeling
3434 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3438 \begin_inset space ~
3443 What size paper to print on.
3447 \begin_layout Itemize
3453 \begin_layout Itemize
3463 \begin_layout Itemize
3469 \begin_layout Itemize
3475 \begin_layout Itemize
3481 \begin_layout Itemize
3487 \begin_layout Itemize
3493 \begin_layout Labeling
3494 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3499 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3510 \begin_layout Labeling
3511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3515 \begin_inset space ~
3520 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3521 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3524 \begin_layout Subsection
3526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 \begin_layout Standard
3556 Paper margins are set in the menu
3558 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 \begin_layout Standard
3575 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3576 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3577 the paper format and the font size into account.
3580 \begin_layout Subsection
3584 \begin_layout Standard
3585 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3590 That includes the paragraph environments.
3591 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3592 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3593 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3594 paragraph environments to
3598 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3599 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3600 the conversion and why it failed.
3603 \begin_layout Section
3604 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3609 Paragraph ! Indentation
3617 \begin_layout Subsection
3619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3621 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3628 \begin_layout Standard
3629 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3630 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3633 \begin_layout Standard
3634 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3635 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3636 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3637 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3641 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3647 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3648 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3649 language than English.
3650 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3653 \begin_layout Standard
3654 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3655 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3657 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3658 LyX takes care of that.
3659 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3661 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3662 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3663 of a page, and so on.
3667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3668 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3673 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3674 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3678 of these pre-coded spacings.
3679 We'll explain more later.
3682 \begin_layout Subsection
3683 Paragraph Separation
3687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3688 Paragraph ! Separation
3696 \begin_layout Standard
3697 To separate paragraphs, select
3708 \begin_inset space ~
3715 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3728 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3729 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3730 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3743 \begin_layout Standard
3744 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3745 \begin_inset space ~
3749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3751 reference "cap:Units"
3756 The default length is 30
3757 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3763 \begin_layout Subsection
3767 \begin_layout Standard
3768 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3771 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3778 dialog and toggle the
3781 \begin_inset space ~
3786 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3787 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3788 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3792 \begin_layout Standard
3793 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3794 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3797 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3803 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3811 \begin_layout Standard
3814 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3830 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3833 \begin_inset space ~
3842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3843 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3852 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3857 installed to use this feature.
3865 \begin_layout Section
3866 Paragraph Environments
3867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3869 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3878 Paragraph ! Environments
3887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3888 Paragraph environments|(
3896 \begin_layout Subsection
3900 \begin_layout Standard
3901 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3904 \begin_layout Standard
3923 \begin_inset Newline newline
3926 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3927 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3928 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3937 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3940 \begin_layout Standard
3941 A paragraph environment is simply a
3942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3949 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3950 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3951 scheme, labels, and so on.
3952 Additionally, you can
3953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3960 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3961 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3962 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3963 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3964 days of typewriters.
3965 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3967 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3970 \begin_layout Standard
3971 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3972 \begin_inset Graphics
3973 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3979 at the left end of the toolbar.
3980 LyX will change the environment of the
3984 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3985 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3986 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3990 \begin_layout Standard
3999 create a new paragraph using the
4003 paragraph environment.
4005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4012 because if you are in one of these environments:
4015 \begin_layout Itemize
4021 \begin_layout Itemize
4027 \begin_layout Itemize
4033 \begin_layout Itemize
4039 \begin_layout Itemize
4045 \begin_layout Itemize
4051 \begin_layout Itemize
4057 \begin_layout Standard
4058 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4062 , rather than resetting it to
4067 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4068 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4069 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4070 \begin_inset space ~
4074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4076 reference "sec:Nesting"
4081 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4086 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4087 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4091 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4097 \begin_layout Subsection
4101 \begin_layout Standard
4102 The default paragraph environment is
4107 It creates a plain paragraph.
4108 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4109 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4110 this manual) are in the
4117 \begin_layout Standard
4118 You can nest a paragraph using the
4122 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4130 \begin_layout Subsection
4135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4144 \begin_layout Standard
4145 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4154 for thanks or contact information.
4155 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4156 page along with today's date.
4157 For other types of documents, the title
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4165 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4169 \begin_layout Standard
4170 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4184 Here's how you use them:
4187 \begin_layout Itemize
4188 Put the title of your document in the
4195 \begin_layout Itemize
4196 Put the author name in the
4203 \begin_layout Itemize
4204 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4205 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4211 Note that using this environment is optional.
4212 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4213 If you don't want any date, add the line
4214 \begin_inset Newline newline
4224 \begin_inset Newline newline
4227 to the preamble of your document (menu
4229 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4235 \begin_layout Standard
4236 You can use footnotes to insert
4237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4244 or contact informations.
4247 \begin_layout Subsection
4252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4268 \begin_layout Standard
4269 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4270 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4273 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4279 Section headings ! Numbered
4287 \begin_layout Standard
4288 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4292 \begin_layout Enumerate
4298 \begin_layout Enumerate
4304 \begin_layout Enumerate
4310 \begin_layout Enumerate
4316 \begin_layout Enumerate
4322 \begin_layout Enumerate
4328 \begin_layout Enumerate
4334 \begin_layout Standard
4335 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4336 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4337 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4340 \begin_layout Standard
4341 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4342 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4343 You group the book into chapters.
4344 LyX does similar grouping:
4347 \begin_layout Itemize
4352 is divided in either
4363 \begin_layout Itemize
4375 \begin_layout Itemize
4387 \begin_layout Itemize
4399 \begin_layout Itemize
4411 \begin_layout Itemize
4423 \begin_layout Standard
4424 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4432 Not all document types use the
4436 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4441 is the top-level heading.
4449 \begin_layout Standard
4454 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4455 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4457 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4469 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4475 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4483 \begin_layout Standard
4484 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4488 \begin_layout Enumerate
4494 \begin_layout Enumerate
4500 \begin_layout Enumerate
4506 \begin_layout Enumerate
4512 \begin_layout Enumerate
4518 \begin_layout Standard
4520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4527 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4528 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4529 table of contents, see section
4530 \begin_inset space ~
4534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4544 Changing the Numbering
4545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4547 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4554 \begin_layout Standard
4555 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4556 in the Table of Contents.
4557 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4559 Certain classes start with
4573 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4583 This is something you can change.
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4589 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4609 \begin_inset space ~
4613 \begin_inset space ~
4618 you'll see two counters.
4623 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4625 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4629 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4630 Short Titles of Headings
4634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4635 Section headings ! Short titles
4644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4653 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4660 \begin_layout Standard
4661 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4662 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4663 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4664 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4667 \begin_layout Standard
4668 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4669 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4670 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4671 To specify a short title, use the menu
4673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4675 \begin_inset space ~
4681 This will insert a box labeled
4682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4686 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4690 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4697 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4698 This also works for captions inside floats.
4701 \begin_layout Standard
4702 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4705 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4709 \begin_layout Standard
4710 The following information applies to all section headings:
4713 \begin_layout Itemize
4714 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4717 \begin_layout Itemize
4718 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4721 \begin_layout Itemize
4722 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4725 \begin_layout Itemize
4726 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4729 \begin_layout Subsection
4730 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4733 \begin_layout Standard
4734 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4748 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4749 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4750 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4751 the text they contain.
4752 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4760 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4763 \begin_layout Standard
4764 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4773 when you start a new paragraph.
4774 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4778 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4779 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4780 to change back to the
4784 environment yourself.
4787 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4816 \begin_layout Standard
4817 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4818 time for the differences.
4827 are identical except for one difference:
4831 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4840 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4843 \begin_layout Standard
4844 Here's an example of the
4857 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4859 See -- no indentation!
4863 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4864 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4865 the other paragraph.
4868 \begin_layout Standard
4869 Here's another example, this time in the
4876 \begin_layout Quotation
4882 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4883 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4884 the first line, then
4888 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4892 you were quoting other text.
4895 \begin_layout Quotation
4896 Here's a new paragraph.
4897 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4898 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4901 \begin_layout Standard
4902 As the examples show,
4906 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4907 They should put quotes in the
4912 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4916 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4919 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4956 \begin_layout Standard
4961 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4967 \begin_inset Newline newline
4970 Which I did not rehearse!
4974 It could be much worse.
4975 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4977 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4978 indented a bit more than the first.
4979 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4985 \begin_inset Newline newline
4988 And make things look fine
4989 \begin_inset Newline newline
4995 arg "newline-insert newline"
5001 \begin_layout Standard
5006 does not indent both margins.
5007 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5008 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5015 arg "newline-insert newline"
5021 \begin_layout Subsection
5026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5042 \begin_layout Standard
5043 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5053 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5062 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5063 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5064 some general features of all four of them.
5067 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5071 \begin_layout Standard
5072 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5074 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5083 reset the environment to
5087 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5088 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5089 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5093 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5096 to break paragraphs.
5099 \begin_layout Standard
5100 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5101 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5103 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5104 you read all of section
5105 \begin_inset space ~
5109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5111 reference "sec:Nesting"
5119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5135 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5144 \begin_layout Standard
5145 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5149 paragraph environment.
5150 It has the following properties:
5153 \begin_layout Itemize
5154 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5158 \begin_layout Itemize
5159 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5162 \begin_layout Itemize
5163 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5167 \begin_layout Itemize
5168 The items can have any length.
5169 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5170 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5177 \begin_layout Itemize
5182 environment inside another
5186 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5190 \begin_layout Itemize
5191 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5194 \begin_layout Itemize
5195 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5198 \begin_layout Itemize
5200 \begin_inset space ~
5204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5206 reference "sec:Nesting"
5210 for a full explanation of nesting.
5214 \begin_layout Standard
5215 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5224 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5227 \begin_layout Standard
5228 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5229 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5230 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5233 \begin_layout Itemize
5234 The label for the first level
5238 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5242 \begin_layout Itemize
5243 The label for the second level is a dash.
5247 \begin_layout Itemize
5248 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5252 \begin_layout Itemize
5253 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5257 \begin_layout Itemize
5258 Back out to the third level.
5262 \begin_layout Itemize
5263 Back to the second level.
5267 \begin_layout Itemize
5268 Back to the outermost level.
5271 \begin_layout Standard
5272 These are the default labels for an
5277 You can customize these labels in the
5279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5282 dialog in the submenu
5292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5301 \begin_layout Standard
5302 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5303 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5311 reference "sec:Nesting"
5318 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5334 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5336 name "sec:Enumerate"
5343 \begin_layout Standard
5348 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5349 It has these properties:
5352 \begin_layout Enumerate
5353 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5357 \begin_layout Enumerate
5358 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5362 \begin_layout Enumerate
5363 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5366 \begin_layout Enumerate
5371 environment resets the counter to one.
5374 \begin_layout Enumerate
5387 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5389 Items can have any length.
5392 \begin_layout Enumerate
5393 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5396 \begin_layout Enumerate
5397 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5400 \begin_layout Enumerate
5401 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5405 \begin_layout Standard
5414 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5415 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5422 \begin_layout Enumerate
5423 The first level of an
5427 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5431 \begin_layout Enumerate
5432 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5436 \begin_layout Enumerate
5437 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5441 \begin_layout Enumerate
5442 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5445 \begin_layout Enumerate
5446 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5451 \begin_layout Enumerate
5452 Back to the third level
5456 \begin_layout Enumerate
5457 Back to the second level.
5461 \begin_layout Enumerate
5462 Back to the outermost level.
5465 \begin_layout Standard
5466 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5471 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5476 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5480 \begin_layout Standard
5481 There is more to nesting
5485 environments than we've stated here.
5486 You should read section
5487 \begin_inset space ~
5491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5493 reference "sec:Nesting"
5497 to learn more about nesting.
5500 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5519 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5523 list has no fixed label.
5524 Instead, LyX uses the first
5525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5532 of the first line as the label.
5536 \begin_layout Description
5537 Example: This is an example of the
5544 \begin_layout Standard
5545 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5549 \begin_layout Standard
5551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5558 it is meant that the first hit of the
5562 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5564 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5572 arg "space-insert protected"
5577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5580 \begin_inset space ~
5586 \begin_inset space ~
5590 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5592 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5596 for more info.) Here is an example:
5599 \begin_layout Description
5601 \begin_inset space ~
5604 Example: This one shows how to use a
5607 \begin_inset space ~
5619 \begin_layout Description
5620 Usage: You should use the
5624 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5625 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5627 It's not a good idea to use a
5631 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5632 You're better off using
5644 paragraphs into them.
5647 \begin_layout Description
5648 Nesting: You can nest
5652 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5656 \begin_layout Standard
5657 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5658 them from the first line.
5661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5679 \begin_layout Standard
5684 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5688 \begin_layout Standard
5697 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5698 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5701 \begin_layout Labeling
5702 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5704 \begin_inset space ~
5707 labels LyX uses the first
5708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5715 of each line as the item label.
5720 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5721 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5722 blank as described above.
5725 \begin_layout Labeling
5726 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5727 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5728 the body of the item text.
5729 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5730 label width plus a little extra space.
5734 \begin_layout Labeling
5735 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5737 \begin_inset space ~
5740 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5742 If the label width is larger, the label
5743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5750 into the first line.
5751 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5752 margin of the rest of the item text.
5755 \begin_layout Labeling
5756 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5758 \begin_inset space ~
5761 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5766 environment have the same left margin.
5767 \begin_inset Newline newline
5770 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5773 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5775 \begin_inset space ~
5784 \begin_inset space ~
5789 determines the default label width.
5790 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5799 multiple times instead.
5800 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5809 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5812 \begin_inset space ~
5817 every time you alter a label in a
5822 \begin_inset Newline newline
5825 The predefined default width is the length of
5826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5835 \begin_inset Newline newline
5839 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5847 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5848 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5856 \begin_layout Standard
5861 environment the same way like the
5865 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5871 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5875 \begin_layout Standard
5880 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5882 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5884 \begin_inset space ~
5888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5890 reference "sec:Nesting"
5894 to learn about nesting.
5897 \begin_layout Standard
5898 There is yet another feature of the
5902 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5904 You can use additional
5908 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5913 are documented in section
5914 \begin_inset space ~
5918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5920 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5925 Here are some examples:
5928 \begin_layout Labeling
5929 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5930 Left The default for
5937 \begin_layout Labeling
5938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5939 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5946 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5949 \begin_layout Labeling
5950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5951 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5955 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5962 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5965 \begin_layout Subsection
5970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5979 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5987 \begin_inset space ~
5995 \begin_layout Standard
5996 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6004 \begin_inset space ~
6010 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6011 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6012 In contrast, you can use the
6019 \begin_inset space ~
6024 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6025 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6029 \begin_layout Standard
6030 Of course, you're not limited to using
6037 \begin_inset space ~
6046 \begin_inset space ~
6051 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6052 some European academic papers.
6055 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6057 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6059 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6066 \begin_layout Standard
6071 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6072 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6076 \begin_inset space ~
6081 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6082 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6083 Here's an example of each:
6086 \begin_layout Right Address
6088 \begin_inset Newline newline
6092 \begin_inset Newline newline
6096 \begin_inset Newline newline
6099 When is it? What is today?
6102 \begin_layout Standard
6106 \begin_inset space ~
6112 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6113 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6114 Here's an example of the
6121 \begin_layout Address
6123 \begin_inset Newline newline
6126 Where do I send this
6127 \begin_inset Newline newline
6130 Your post office and country
6133 \begin_layout Standard
6134 As you can see, both
6141 \begin_inset space ~
6146 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6151 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6157 This makes sense, since
6165 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6166 Thus, you have to use
6173 arg "newline-insert newline"
6179 \begin_inset space ~
6182 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6184 \begin_inset space ~
6193 menu) to start a new line in an
6200 \begin_inset space ~
6208 \begin_layout Subsection
6212 \begin_layout Standard
6213 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6214 or list of references.
6215 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6234 \begin_layout Standard
6239 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6240 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6241 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6242 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6246 in anything else or vice versa.
6252 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6253 The book document classes ignores the
6257 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6261 in a letter document class.
6264 \begin_layout Standard
6269 environment does several things for you.
6270 First, it puts the centered label
6271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6279 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6281 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6282 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6283 the subsequent text.
6284 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6285 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6288 \begin_layout Standard
6289 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6293 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6294 The new paragraph will still be in the
6299 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6300 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6303 \begin_layout Standard
6304 \begin_inset Float figure
6309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6311 \begin_inset Graphics
6312 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6321 \begin_inset Caption
6323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6326 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6347 \begin_layout Standard
6348 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6352 environment, but since this document is in the
6353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6357 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6360 class, we can't do this.
6361 We inserted it therefore as figure
6362 \begin_inset space ~
6366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6368 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6373 If you've never heard of an
6374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6381 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6384 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6402 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6409 \begin_layout Standard
6414 environment is used to list references.
6415 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6416 only use it at the end of the document.
6421 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6424 \begin_layout Standard
6425 When you first open a
6429 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6438 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6442 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6445 depending on the document class.
6446 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6447 Each paragraph of the
6451 environment is a bibliography entry.
6456 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6457 Each new paragraph is still in the
6464 \begin_layout Standard
6465 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6466 by using a BibTeX database.
6467 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6468 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6469 \begin_inset space ~
6473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6475 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6482 \begin_layout Subsection
6489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6490 Paragraph ! LyX code
6496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6505 \begin_layout Standard
6510 environment is another LyX extension.
6511 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6516 key as a fixed whitespace;
6520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6532 \begin_inset space ~
6537 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6542 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6543 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6546 arg "newline-insert newline"
6563 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6564 So, when you finish using the
6568 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6569 Also, you can nest the
6573 environment inside of others.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6580 \begin_layout Itemize
6584 arg "newline-insert newline"
6587 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6588 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6592 \begin_inset space ~
6602 arg "newline-insert newline"
6608 \begin_layout Itemize
6612 arg "newline-insert newline"
6623 \begin_layout Itemize
6628 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6635 \begin_layout Itemize
6639 arg "space-insert protected"
6646 \begin_layout Itemize
6647 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6648 You must put at least one
6652 in any line you want blank.
6653 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6656 \begin_layout Itemize
6657 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6661 since that will insert
6666 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6669 arg "self-insert \""
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6679 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6683 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6687 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6691 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6695 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6696 printf("Hello World!
6701 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6709 \begin_layout Standard
6710 This is just the standard
6711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6722 \begin_layout Standard
6727 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6728 rc-files, and so on.
6729 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6730 as if you used a typewriter.
6734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6735 Paragraph environments|)
6743 \begin_layout Section
6744 Nesting Environments
6748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6749 Nesting ! Environments
6755 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6764 \begin_layout Subsection
6768 \begin_layout Standard
6769 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6771 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6773 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6775 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6787 \begin_layout Enumerate
6791 \begin_layout Enumerate
6796 \begin_layout Enumerate
6800 \begin_layout Enumerate
6805 \begin_layout Enumerate
6809 \begin_layout Standard
6810 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6811 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6814 \begin_inset space ~
6818 \begin_inset space ~
6826 \begin_inset space ~
6830 \begin_inset space ~
6839 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6840 will tell you how far you are nested).
6841 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6842 \begin_inset Graphics
6843 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6848 \begin_inset Graphics
6849 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6853 or the convenient key bindings
6864 arg "depth-increment"
6870 arg "depth-decrement"
6873 to change the nesting level.
6874 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6875 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6879 \begin_layout Standard
6880 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6881 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6882 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6883 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6886 \begin_layout Standard
6887 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6888 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6890 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6893 \begin_layout Subsection
6894 What You Can and Can't Nest
6897 \begin_layout Standard
6898 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6899 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6902 \begin_layout Standard
6903 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6904 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6905 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6908 \begin_layout Itemize
6909 Completely unnestable
6912 \begin_layout Itemize
6913 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6914 other things inside of them.
6917 \begin_layout Itemize
6918 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6922 \begin_layout Standard
6923 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6924 environments have them:
6927 \begin_layout Description
6928 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6929 Can't nest into them.
6933 \begin_layout Itemize
6939 \begin_layout Itemize
6945 \begin_layout Itemize
6951 \begin_layout Itemize
6957 \begin_layout Itemize
6964 \begin_layout Description
6966 \begin_inset space ~
6969 Nestable You can nest them.
6970 You can nest other things into them.
6974 \begin_layout Itemize
6980 \begin_layout Itemize
6986 \begin_layout Itemize
6992 \begin_layout Itemize
6998 \begin_layout Itemize
7004 \begin_layout Itemize
7010 \begin_layout Itemize
7016 \begin_layout Itemize
7023 \begin_layout Description
7024 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
7025 You can't nest anything into them.
7029 \begin_layout Itemize
7035 \begin_layout Itemize
7041 \begin_layout Itemize
7047 \begin_layout Itemize
7053 \begin_layout Itemize
7059 \begin_layout Itemize
7065 \begin_layout Itemize
7071 \begin_layout Itemize
7077 \begin_layout Itemize
7083 \begin_layout Itemize
7089 \begin_layout Itemize
7095 \begin_layout Itemize
7101 \begin_layout Itemize
7107 \begin_layout Itemize
7111 \begin_inset space ~
7117 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Standard
7125 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7133 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7142 \begin_inset space ~
7146 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7150 \begin_inset space \space{}
7153 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
7154 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
7155 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
7163 \begin_layout Subsection
7164 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7169 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7177 \begin_layout Standard
7178 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7179 affected by nesting anyhow.
7183 \begin_layout Itemize
7187 \begin_layout Itemize
7191 \begin_layout Itemize
7195 \begin_layout Standard
7197 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7205 Figures and tables in
7209 are not affected by this.
7214 Have a look at section
7215 \begin_inset space ~
7219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7221 reference "sec:Floats"
7225 for more informations about
7232 \begin_layout Standard
7233 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7234 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7238 \begin_layout Standard
7239 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7247 of its own, it behaves just like a
7248 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7255 paragraph environment.
7256 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7260 \begin_layout Standard
7261 Here's an example with a table:
7264 \begin_layout Enumerate
7269 \begin_layout Enumerate
7270 This is (a) and it's nested.
7274 \begin_layout Standard
7275 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7281 \begin_layout Standard
7283 \begin_inset Tabular
7284 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7371 \begin_layout Standard
7372 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7379 \begin_layout Enumerate
7381 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7385 \begin_layout Enumerate
7389 \begin_layout Standard
7390 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7393 \begin_layout Enumerate
7398 \begin_layout Enumerate
7399 This is (a) and it's nested.
7403 \begin_layout Standard
7404 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7410 \begin_layout Standard
7412 \begin_inset Tabular
7413 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7415 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7500 \begin_layout Standard
7501 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7507 \begin_layout Enumerate
7514 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7517 \begin_layout Enumerate
7521 \begin_layout Standard
7522 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7526 \begin_layout Standard
7527 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7529 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7532 \begin_layout Enumerate
7537 \begin_layout Enumerate
7538 This is (a) and it's nested.
7541 \begin_layout Standard
7542 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7548 \begin_layout Standard
7550 \begin_inset Tabular
7551 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7553 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7554 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7638 \begin_layout Standard
7639 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7647 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7655 \begin_layout Enumerate
7659 \begin_layout Standard
7660 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7666 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7667 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7671 \begin_layout Subsection
7672 Usage and General Features
7675 \begin_layout Standard
7676 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7685 is the innermost possible depth.
7686 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7689 \begin_layout Enumerate
7690 level #1 - outermost
7694 \begin_layout Enumerate
7699 \begin_layout Enumerate
7704 \begin_layout Enumerate
7709 \begin_layout Itemize
7714 \begin_layout Itemize
7723 \begin_layout Standard
7724 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7725 both of them in the example.
7726 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7736 For example, if we tried to nest another
7741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7751 \begin_layout Subsection
7756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7765 \begin_layout Standard
7766 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7767 We have several examples of nested environments.
7768 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7772 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7773 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7776 \begin_layout Labeling
7777 \labelwidthstring MMM
7778 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7787 \begin_layout Labeling
7788 \labelwidthstring MMM
7789 #2-a This is level #2.
7790 We created it by using
7793 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7799 arg "depth-increment"
7806 \begin_layout Labeling
7807 \labelwidthstring MMM
7808 #3-a This is level #3.
7809 This time, we just hit
7816 arg "depth-increment"
7820 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7824 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7830 arg "depth-increment"
7837 \begin_layout Standard
7842 environment, nested inside of
7843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7851 So, it's at level #4.
7852 We did this by hitting
7855 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7861 arg "depth-increment"
7864 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7869 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7885 \begin_layout Standard
7890 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7893 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7899 \begin_layout Labeling
7900 \labelwidthstring MMM
7901 #4-a This is level #4.
7905 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7908 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7913 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7917 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7922 keep nesting things inside of
7923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7927 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7934 \begin_layout Labeling
7935 \labelwidthstring MMM
7936 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7941 \begin_layout Labeling
7942 \labelwidthstring MMM
7943 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7944 and this is level #6.
7945 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7949 \begin_layout Labeling
7950 \labelwidthstring MMM
7951 #5-b Back to level #5.
7955 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7961 arg "depth-decrement"
7968 \begin_layout Labeling
7969 \labelwidthstring MMM
7973 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7979 arg "depth-decrement"
7982 , we're back at level #4.
7986 \begin_layout Labeling
7987 \labelwidthstring MMM
7988 #3-b Back to level #3.
7989 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7993 \begin_layout Labeling
7994 \labelwidthstring MMM
7995 #2-b Back to level #2.
8000 \begin_layout Labeling
8001 \labelwidthstring MMM
8002 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8003 After this sentence, we'll hit
8007 and change the paragraph environment back to
8014 \begin_layout Standard
8015 We could have also used the
8031 environment in place of the
8036 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8039 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8040 Example 2: Inheritance
8043 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8044 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8047 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8056 arg "depth-increment"
8059 , after which, we'll change to the
8067 \begin_layout Enumerate
8072 environment, at level #2.
8075 \begin_layout Enumerate
8076 Notice how the nested
8080 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8084 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8088 \begin_layout Standard
8089 We ended this example by hitting
8094 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8098 and resetting the nesting depth by using
8101 arg "depth-decrement"
8107 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8108 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8121 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8129 \begin_layout Enumerate
8130 This is level #1, in an
8134 paragraph environment.
8135 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8139 \begin_layout Enumerate
8144 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8150 arg "depth-increment"
8154 Now, what happens if we nest an
8158 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8159 label be? An asterisk?
8163 \begin_layout Itemize
8173 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8174 So, its label is a bullet.
8175 (We got here by using
8178 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8184 arg "depth-increment"
8187 , then changing the environment to
8195 \begin_layout Itemize
8196 Here's level #4, produced using
8199 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8205 arg "depth-increment"
8209 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8214 \begin_layout Enumerate
8215 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8217 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8222 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8226 , because we are in the
8235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8254 \begin_layout Enumerate
8259 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8260 type of numbering does LyX use?
8263 \begin_layout Enumerate
8264 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8267 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8270 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8273 \begin_layout Enumerate
8277 arg "depth-decrement"
8280 to decrease the depth after the next
8283 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8290 \begin_layout Enumerate
8292 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8296 \begin_layout Enumerate
8298 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8299 numeral as the label.Why?
8302 \begin_layout Enumerate
8303 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8312 Notice, however, that LyX
8316 reset the counter for the label.
8320 \begin_layout Enumerate
8324 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8330 arg "depth-decrement"
8333 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8334 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8335 into the twofold-nested
8343 \begin_layout Enumerate
8344 The same thing happens if we do another
8347 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8353 arg "depth-decrement"
8356 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8359 \begin_layout Standard
8360 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8365 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8379 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8385 The same rule applies for the
8389 environment, as well.
8392 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8393 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8396 \begin_layout Enumerate
8397 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8398 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8399 same detail with how we did it.
8408 \begin_layout Standard
8416 arg "depth-increment"
8423 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8424 example in parentheses someplace.
8425 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8426 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8427 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8431 \begin_layout Enumerate
8436 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8441 Now we'll add verse.
8442 \begin_inset Newline newline
8445 It will get much worse.
8446 \begin_inset Newline newline
8456 arg "depth-increment"
8467 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8468 \begin_inset Newline newline
8471 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8472 \begin_inset Newline newline
8478 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8491 \begin_layout Standard
8492 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8498 \begin_layout Standard
8500 \begin_inset Tabular
8501 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8503 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8504 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8593 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8603 arg "depth-increment"
8609 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8619 arg "depth-decrement"
8626 \begin_layout Enumerate
8631 : level #1) This is another item.
8632 Note that selecting a
8636 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8637 3 times to put the table inside the
8645 \begin_layout Quotation
8646 We're now ending the
8650 list and changing to
8655 We're still at level #1.
8656 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8657 The next set of paragraphs is a
8658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8672 \begin_inset space ~
8677 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8681 for the letter body.
8685 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8688 to preserve the depth.
8689 Remember that you need to use
8692 arg "newline-insert newline"
8695 to create multiple lines inside the
8702 \begin_inset space ~
8712 \begin_layout Right Address
8714 \begin_inset Newline newline
8717 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8718 \begin_inset Newline newline
8724 \begin_layout Address
8726 \begin_inset space ~
8732 \begin_layout Quotation
8733 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8737 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8738 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8739 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8740 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8741 as soon as possible.
8742 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8745 \begin_layout Quotation
8746 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8747 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8748 with your order, along with payment.
8751 \begin_layout Quotation
8752 We thank you again for your patience.
8755 \begin_layout Address
8757 \begin_inset Newline newline
8764 \begin_layout Quotation
8765 That ends that example!
8768 \begin_layout Standard
8769 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8770 just a few keystrokes.
8771 We could have easily nested an
8792 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8795 \begin_layout Section
8796 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8809 \begin_layout Standard
8810 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8811 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8812 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8813 be broken at the end of a line.
8814 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8818 \begin_layout Subsection
8820 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8822 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8839 \begin_layout Standard
8840 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8842 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8846 Further documentation is given in section
8847 \begin_inset Newline newline
8851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8853 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8861 \begin_layout Standard
8862 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8877 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8886 A protected space is set with
8888 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8889 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8893 \begin_inset space ~
8903 arg "space-insert protected"
8909 \begin_layout Subsection
8911 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8913 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8922 Spacing ! Horizontal
8930 \begin_layout Standard
8931 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8933 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8934 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8938 The length units are listed in Appendix
8939 \begin_inset space ~
8943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8945 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8952 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8956 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8973 \begin_layout Standard
8975 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8979 \begin_inset space \space{}
8982 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8983 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8984 \begin_inset space ~
8988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8990 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8995 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8996 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8999 arg "space-insert normal"
9005 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9009 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9026 \begin_layout Standard
9028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9035 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9044 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9045 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9046 inside abbreviations:
9051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9055 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9058 \begin_layout Standard
9059 or between values and units.
9060 Compare for example this:
9061 \begin_inset Newline newline
9065 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9069 \begin_inset Newline newline
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9076 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9079 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9081 \begin_inset space ~
9089 arg "space-insert thin"
9095 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9099 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9106 \begin_layout Standard
9107 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9110 \begin_layout Description
9112 \begin_inset space ~
9116 \begin_inset space ~
9120 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9124 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9128 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9131 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9134 \begin_layout Description
9136 \begin_inset space ~
9140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9144 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9148 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9152 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9159 em) space between the arrows.
9162 \begin_layout Description
9164 \begin_inset space ~
9168 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9172 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9176 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9180 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9184 \begin_inset space ~
9188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9191 em) space between the arrows.
9194 \begin_layout Description
9196 \begin_inset space ~
9200 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9204 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9208 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9212 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9216 \begin_inset space ~
9220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9223 em) space between the arrows.
9226 \begin_layout Description
9228 \begin_inset space ~
9232 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9236 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9241 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9248 cm space between the arrows.
9251 \begin_layout Standard
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9257 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9259 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9263 lists the different space sizes.
9266 \begin_layout Standard
9267 \begin_inset Float table
9272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9274 \begin_inset Caption
9276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9279 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9283 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9293 \begin_inset Tabular
9294 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9337 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9361 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9409 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9424 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9452 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9532 \begin_layout Standard
9533 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9534 in a uniform fashion.
9535 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9536 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9537 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9538 equally between themselves.
9542 \begin_layout Standard
9543 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9548 This is on the left side
9549 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9552 This is on the right
9558 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9562 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9571 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9575 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9579 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9585 \begin_layout Standard
9586 That was an example in the
9592 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9600 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9603 is one in a standard paragraph.
9604 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9608 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9611 \begin_layout Standard
9612 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9615 \begin_inset space ~
9620 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9623 \begin_layout Standard
9625 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9629 \begin_inset space ~
9635 \begin_layout Standard
9637 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9641 \begin_inset space ~
9647 \begin_layout Standard
9649 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9653 \begin_inset space ~
9659 \begin_layout Standard
9661 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9665 \begin_inset space ~
9671 \begin_layout Standard
9673 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9677 \begin_inset space ~
9683 \begin_layout Standard
9685 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9689 \begin_inset space ~
9695 \begin_layout Standard
9696 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9704 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9708 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9709 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9710 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9714 option in the space dialog.
9722 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9736 \begin_layout Standard
9737 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9739 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9743 \begin_inset space \space{}
9746 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9749 \begin_layout Standard
9750 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9753 What is correct English?:
9754 \begin_inset Newline newline
9758 \begin_inset Newline newline
9762 \begin_inset space ~
9765 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9766 \begin_inset Newline newline
9773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9784 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9802 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9808 \begin_layout Standard
9809 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9814 \begin_inset space ~
9818 \begin_inset space ~
9822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9826 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9838 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9844 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9848 for more information about TeX-Code.
9854 In our case write the command
9861 (note the space after
9862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9869 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9870 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9871 That is why it is named
9872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9884 There exists also the commands
9896 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9897 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9898 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9900 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9912 \begin_layout Subsection
9914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9916 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9933 \begin_layout Standard
9934 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9937 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9939 \begin_inset space ~
9945 There you find the following sizes:
9948 \begin_layout Standard
9961 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9966 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9968 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9981 for the paragraph separation.
9982 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9993 \begin_layout Standard
10002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10008 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10009 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10011 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10012 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10021 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10030 s are described in section
10031 \begin_inset space ~
10035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10037 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10046 If there are several
10050 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10051 You can therefore use
10055 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10058 \begin_layout Standard
10063 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10064 \begin_inset space ~
10068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10070 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10077 \begin_layout Standard
10078 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10088 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10089 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10101 \begin_layout Subsection
10102 Paragraph Alignment
10105 \begin_layout Standard
10106 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10108 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10112 There are four possibilities:
10115 \begin_layout Itemize
10121 \begin_layout Itemize
10127 \begin_layout Itemize
10133 \begin_layout Itemize
10139 \begin_layout Standard
10140 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10141 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10142 the left and right margins.
10143 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10146 \begin_layout Standard
10148 This paragraph is right aligned,
10151 \begin_layout Standard
10153 this one is centered,
10156 \begin_layout Standard
10158 this one is left aligned.
10161 \begin_layout Subsection
10166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10167 Page breaks ! Forced
10173 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10175 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10182 \begin_layout Standard
10183 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10184 can force a page break where you want one.
10185 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10186 Only if you use many
10190 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
10195 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10199 have to change the page breaking.
10202 \begin_layout Standard
10203 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10205 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10207 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10208 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10210 \begin_inset space ~
10216 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10219 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10221 \begin_inset space ~
10226 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10228 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10229 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10232 \begin_layout Standard
10233 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10234 at the top of a page.
10235 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10236 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10237 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10238 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10240 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10242 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10246 to learn more about
10253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10257 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 Page breaks ! Clear
10274 \begin_layout Standard
10275 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
10276 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
10277 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
10278 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
10279 if necessary by adding pages.
10282 \begin_layout Standard
10283 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10286 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10288 \begin_inset space ~
10294 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10297 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10299 \begin_inset space ~
10303 \begin_inset space ~
10308 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10309 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10312 \begin_layout Subsection
10317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10326 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10333 \begin_layout Standard
10334 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10336 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10338 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10339 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10341 \begin_inset space ~
10345 \begin_inset space ~
10353 arg "newline-insert newline"
10357 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10359 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10360 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10362 \begin_inset space ~
10366 \begin_inset space ~
10371 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10373 This is necessary to avoid
10374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10381 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10384 \begin_layout Standard
10385 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10386 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10387 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10388 set a line break, e.
10389 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10393 \begin_inset space \space{}
10396 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10397 \begin_inset space ~
10401 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10403 reference "sec:Quote"
10408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10410 reference "sec:Verse"
10415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10417 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10424 \begin_layout Subsection
10426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10428 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10445 \begin_layout Standard
10450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10451 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10453 \begin_inset space ~
10458 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10464 \begin_layout Section
10465 Characters and Symbols
10468 \begin_layout Standard
10469 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10470 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10471 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10475 \begin_inset space \space{}
10478 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10480 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10486 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10490 for informations how this is done.
10493 \begin_layout Standard
10494 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10499 dialog via the menu
10501 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10502 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10508 \begin_layout Standard
10509 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10517 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10518 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10519 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10527 \begin_layout Section
10528 Fonts and Text Styles
10529 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10531 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10538 \begin_layout Subsection
10543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10552 \begin_layout Standard
10553 There are two types of fonts:
10556 \begin_layout Description
10558 \begin_inset space ~
10565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10571 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10572 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10576 characters) in the font.
10577 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10578 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10579 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10580 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10581 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10582 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10583 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10584 provide a good image.
10585 \begin_inset Newline newline
10588 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10589 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10590 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10591 sizes than at small ones.
10592 \begin_inset Newline newline
10606 \begin_inset space ~
10614 \begin_layout Description
10616 \begin_inset space ~
10623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10629 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10630 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10631 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10632 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10633 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10634 picture manipulation program.
10635 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10636 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10637 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10638 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10639 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10641 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10642 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10643 \begin_inset Newline newline
10646 Bitmap fonts are named
10649 \begin_inset space ~
10654 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10657 \begin_layout Standard
10658 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10659 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10660 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10661 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10662 use scalable fonts.
10665 \begin_layout Standard
10666 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10667 its document properties.
10670 \begin_layout Standard
10671 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10672 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10673 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10674 font to emphasize text, you use an
10675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10683 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10684 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10688 \begin_layout Subsection
10689 Document Font and Font size
10690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10692 name "sub:Document-Font"
10700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10719 \begin_layout Standard
10720 You can set the document fonts in the
10722 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10730 Document ! Settings
10736 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10737 font shapes roman (serif),
10740 \begin_inset space ~
10752 \begin_layout Standard
10753 The possible options for the font include
10757 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10762 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10784 European Computer Modern
10787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10797 \begin_layout Standard
10806 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10807 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10812 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10815 \begin_inset space ~
10820 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10826 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10827 There are three ways to use one:
10830 \begin_layout Itemize
10831 One way is to use the
10841 Virtual means that it
10842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10853 -glyphs from other fonts.
10854 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10876 Loading the LaTeX-package
10884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10885 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10890 with the document preamble line
10891 \begin_inset Newline newline
10898 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10899 \begin_inset Newline newline
10904 will fix the guillemet problem.
10909 and that accented characters are not
10913 glyph, they are build of
10917 characters, the accent and the letter.
10918 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10922 fonts for words with accented characters.
10923 If you search for example for the French word
10924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10931 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10940 and not for the glyph
10941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10945 \begin_inset space ~
10949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10955 \begin_layout Itemize
10956 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10969 , consist of these three main font types
10972 \begin_inset space ~
11001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11005 \begin_inset space ~
11012 as typewriter font.
11013 \begin_inset Newline newline
11016 The differences between roman,
11019 \begin_inset space ~
11028 fonts are explained in section
11029 \begin_inset space ~
11033 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11035 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11040 \begin_inset Newline newline
11047 was originally designed for newspapers.
11048 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
11049 into the small newspaper columns.
11054 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11057 \begin_layout Itemize
11058 The best solution is to use the
11067 These fonts were developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
11071 as the default font.
11072 In most cases they look the same as
11080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11081 One difference is improved kerning for the
11094 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11105 \begin_layout Standard
11106 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11109 For the font size there are four possible values:
11126 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11129 \begin_layout Standard
11130 The font sizes are the
11135 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11136 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11137 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11140 \begin_inset space ~
11146 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11147 \begin_inset space ~
11151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11153 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11160 \begin_layout Standard
11165 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11166 a font to display the script characters.
11170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11171 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11176 So this has no effect for the document language
11192 \begin_layout Standard
11193 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11197 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11205 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11209 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11210 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11211 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11213 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11216 dialog, see section
11217 \begin_inset space ~
11221 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11223 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11235 \begin_layout Subsection
11236 Using Different Character Styles
11240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11259 \begin_layout Standard
11260 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11261 certain paragraph environments.
11262 LyX supports two character styles,
11271 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11275 \begin_layout Standard
11280 style, do one of the following:
11283 \begin_layout Itemize
11284 click on the toolbar button
11285 \begin_inset Graphics
11286 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11293 \begin_layout Itemize
11294 use the key binding
11303 \begin_layout Standard
11304 These commands are all toggles.
11309 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11312 \begin_layout Standard
11313 One typically uses the
11317 style for proper names.
11319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11326 is the original author of LyX.
11327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11333 \begin_layout Standard
11334 A more widely used character style is the
11339 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11346 \begin_layout Itemize
11347 clicking on the toolbar button
11348 \begin_inset Graphics
11349 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11356 \begin_layout Itemize
11357 using the keybindings
11366 \begin_layout Standard
11371 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11372 es use a different font.
11375 \begin_layout Standard
11376 We've been using the
11380 style all over the place in this document.
11381 Here's one more example:
11384 \begin_layout Quotation
11387 Don't overuse character styles!
11390 \begin_layout Standard
11391 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11392 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11393 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11394 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11398 \begin_layout Standard
11399 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11409 \begin_inset space ~
11417 \begin_layout Subsection
11418 Fine-Tuning with the
11423 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11425 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11442 \begin_layout Standard
11443 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11444 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11445 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11446 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11447 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11448 from ordinary dialog.
11451 \begin_layout Standard
11452 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11453 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11454 \begin_inset Newline newline
11457 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11458 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11461 \begin_layout Standard
11462 To use custom character styles, open the
11464 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11466 \begin_inset space ~
11472 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11473 font property which you can choose.
11474 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11477 \begin_inset space ~
11482 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11487 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11488 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11489 environments in a snap.
11492 \begin_layout Standard
11493 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11496 \begin_inset space ~
11508 \begin_layout Labeling
11509 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11523 The possible options are:
11527 \begin_layout Labeling
11528 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11533 This is the Roman font family.
11534 Normally a serif font.
11535 It's also the default family.
11545 \begin_layout Labeling
11546 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11550 \begin_inset space ~
11557 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11569 \begin_layout Labeling
11570 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11577 This is the Typewriter font family.
11583 arg "font-typewriter"
11592 \begin_layout Labeling
11593 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11598 This corresponds to the print weight.
11603 \begin_layout Labeling
11604 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11609 This is the Medium font series.
11610 It's also the default series.
11613 \begin_layout Labeling
11614 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11621 This is the Bold font series.
11634 \begin_layout Labeling
11635 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11640 As the name implies.
11645 \begin_layout Labeling
11646 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11651 This is the Upright font shape.
11652 It's also the default shape.
11655 \begin_layout Labeling
11656 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11670 s the Italic font shape
11676 \begin_layout Labeling
11677 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11684 This is the Slanted font shape
11686 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11689 \begin_layout Labeling
11690 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11694 \begin_inset space ~
11701 This is the Small caps font shape
11708 \begin_layout Labeling
11709 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11714 Alters the size of the font.
11715 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11716 nal to the document font size.
11717 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11718 what you want to do.
11723 \begin_layout Labeling
11724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11745 arg "font-size tiny"
11751 \begin_layout Labeling
11752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11773 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11779 \begin_layout Labeling
11780 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11801 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11807 \begin_layout Labeling
11808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11829 arg "font-size small"
11835 \begin_layout Labeling
11836 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11850 It's also the default size.
11854 arg "font-size normal"
11860 \begin_layout Labeling
11861 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11882 arg "font-size large"
11888 \begin_layout Labeling
11889 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11910 arg "font-size larger"
11916 \begin_layout Labeling
11917 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11938 arg "font-size largest"
11944 \begin_layout Labeling
11945 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11966 arg "font-size huge"
11972 \begin_layout Labeling
11973 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11994 arg "font-size giant"
12001 \begin_layout Standard
12006 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12007 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12008 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12009 - use that instead.
12010 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12013 \begin_layout Labeling
12014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12019 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12024 \begin_layout Labeling
12025 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12032 This is text with emphasize on
12035 This might seem like the same as
12039 , but it is actually a bit different.
12045 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12047 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12050 \begin_layout Labeling
12051 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12058 This is text with Underbar on.
12064 arg "font-underline"
12070 \begin_inset Newline newline
12075 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12076 when you couldn't change fonts.
12077 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12078 It's only included in LyX because some people
12082 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12085 \begin_layout Labeling
12086 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12093 This is text with Noun on.
12100 , this is a logical attribute.
12101 Normally it's equivalent to
12104 \begin_inset space ~
12113 \begin_layout Labeling
12114 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12119 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12120 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12124 \begin_inset space ~
12129 , which is the default
12130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12137 and means normally black, you can choose between
12173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12182 \begin_layout Labeling
12183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12188 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12189 the language of the document.
12190 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12194 \begin_layout Standard
12195 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12196 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12198 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12200 \begin_inset space ~
12205 dialog, the settings are saved.
12206 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12207 \begin_inset Graphics
12208 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12213 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12214 when the dialog isn't visible.
12218 \begin_layout Standard
12219 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12226 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12227 (suppose you just set the shape to
12228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12246 \begin_inset space ~
12258 \begin_layout Standard
12259 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12267 \begin_inset space ~
12279 \begin_layout Itemize
12285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12292 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12310 \begin_inset Newline newline
12317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12342 \begin_inset Note Note
12345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12346 For more on phantoms see section
12347 \begin_inset space ~
12351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12353 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12363 \begin_inset Newline newline
12369 \begin_layout Itemize
12374 fonts use characters with serifs.
12375 These are the small
12376 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12380 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12383 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12384 The following example will show the difference:
12385 \begin_inset Newline newline
12389 \begin_inset Newline newline
12394 text without serifs
12397 \begin_inset Newline newline
12400 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12401 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12408 \begin_layout Itemize
12414 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12415 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12418 \begin_layout Standard
12419 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12420 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12423 \begin_layout Section
12424 Printing and Previewing
12427 \begin_layout Subsection
12431 \begin_layout Standard
12432 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12433 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12434 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12435 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12436 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12439 \begin_inset space ~
12447 \begin_layout Standard
12448 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12449 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12450 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12451 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12452 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12453 This happens in two stages:
12456 \begin_layout Enumerate
12457 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12458 generating a file with the extension,
12459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12473 \begin_layout Enumerate
12474 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12478 file to produce printable output.
12482 \begin_layout Subsection
12483 Output file formats
12487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12496 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12503 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12509 File formats ! ASCII
12517 \begin_layout Standard
12518 This file type has the extension
12519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12531 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12535 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12542 \begin_layout Standard
12543 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12545 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12546 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12552 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12558 File formats ! LaTeX
12566 \begin_layout Standard
12567 This file type has the extension
12568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12576 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12579 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12581 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12582 it manually with console commands.
12583 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12584 you view or export your document.
12587 \begin_layout Standard
12588 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12590 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12591 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12608 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12622 \begin_layout Standard
12623 This file type has the extension
12624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12637 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12641 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12644 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12645 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12646 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12648 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12652 \begin_layout Standard
12653 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12661 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12662 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12667 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12668 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12669 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12670 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12673 \begin_layout Standard
12674 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12676 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12677 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12683 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12689 File formats ! PostScript
12697 \begin_layout Standard
12698 This file type has the extension
12699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12711 PostScript was developed by the company
12715 as printer language.
12716 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12718 PostScript can be seen as
12719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12722 programming language
12723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12726 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12731 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12741 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12751 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12754 \begin_layout Standard
12755 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12759 Encapsulated PostScript
12760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12763 (EPS, file extension
12764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12776 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12777 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12778 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12779 whenever you view or export your document.
12780 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12781 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12782 EPS to avoid this problem.
12785 \begin_layout Standard
12786 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12788 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12789 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12795 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12819 \begin_layout Standard
12820 This file type has the extension
12821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12837 Portable Document Format
12838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12841 (PDF) is developed by
12845 as derivative from PostScript.
12846 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12855 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12856 looks exactly the same.
12859 \begin_layout Standard
12860 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12864 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12868 (JPG, file extension
12869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12877 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12896 Portable Network Graphics
12897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12900 (PNG, file extension
12901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12913 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12914 in the background to one of these formats.
12915 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12916 will slow down your workflow.
12917 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12920 \begin_layout Standard
12921 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12923 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12926 in three different ways:
12929 \begin_layout Description
12930 PDF This uses the program
12934 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12935 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12939 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12940 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12943 \begin_layout Description
12945 \begin_inset space ~
12948 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12952 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12956 \begin_layout Description
12958 \begin_inset space ~
12961 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12965 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12968 \begin_layout Standard
12969 We recommend to use
12972 \begin_inset space ~
12981 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12987 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12990 \begin_layout Subsection
12995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13004 \begin_layout Standard
13005 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13006 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13010 and choose a file type.
13011 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13014 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13017 you can use the toolbar button
13018 \begin_inset Graphics
13019 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13026 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13031 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13033 \begin_inset space ~
13039 \begin_inset Graphics
13040 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13046 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13050 \begin_inset Graphics
13051 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13058 arg "buffer-view ps"
13064 \begin_layout Standard
13065 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13066 viewer window using the menu
13068 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13074 \begin_layout Standard
13075 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13077 To have a real output, export your document.
13080 \begin_layout Subsection
13081 Printing the File from within LyX
13082 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13084 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13091 \begin_layout Standard
13092 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13093 it directly from within LyX.
13094 To print a file, select the menu
13096 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13099 or click on the toolbar button
13100 \begin_inset Graphics
13101 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13106 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13107 This file is then processed by the program
13111 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13116 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13119 \begin_layout Standard
13120 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13121 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13122 printing one set to print on the other side.
13123 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13124 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13125 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13128 \begin_layout Standard
13129 You can set the parameters in the
13132 \begin_inset space ~
13140 \begin_layout Labeling
13141 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13146 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13151 Note that this printer name is for the program
13160 has to be configured for this printer name.
13161 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13162 \begin_inset space ~
13166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13168 reference "sub:Printer"
13177 The printer should understand PostScript.
13180 \begin_layout Labeling
13181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13186 The name of a file to print to.
13187 The output will be a PostScript file.
13188 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13192 \begin_layout Section
13193 A few Words about Typography
13197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13206 \begin_layout Subsection
13211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13220 \begin_layout Standard
13222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13230 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13233 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13248 \begin_layout Enumerate
13250 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13254 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13272 \begin_layout Enumerate
13274 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13278 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13309 \begin_layout Enumerate
13311 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13315 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13359 \begin_layout Enumerate
13361 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13365 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13369 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13387 \begin_layout Standard
13388 You generate them by inserting the
13389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13400 character multiple times in a row.
13401 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13402 final output, but not in LyX.
13405 \begin_layout Standard
13406 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13407 math mode and has a length of its own.
13408 Here are some examples of the
13409 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13423 \begin_layout Enumerate
13424 line- and page-breaks
13425 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13435 \begin_layout Enumerate
13437 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13447 \begin_layout Enumerate
13448 Oh --- there's a dash.
13449 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13459 \begin_layout Enumerate
13460 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13464 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13474 \begin_layout Subsection
13479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13486 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13488 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13495 \begin_layout Standard
13496 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13497 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13506 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13511 following the rules of the document language
13515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13516 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13524 \begin_inset space ~
13528 \begin_inset space ~
13535 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13546 \begin_layout Standard
13547 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13552 and with unusual constructs, like
13553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13561 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13562 This is done with the menu
13564 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13565 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13567 \begin_inset space ~
13573 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13574 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13577 \begin_layout Standard
13578 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13579 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13580 a hyphen and a space in the form
13581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13589 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13597 as hyphenation possibility.
13598 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13599 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13600 of the LaTeX-box-command
13606 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13607 As LyX doesn't support
13613 , we have to use TeX Code.
13614 The result looks in LyX like:
13617 \begin_layout Standard
13618 \begin_inset Graphics
13619 filename clipart/mbox.png
13626 \begin_layout Standard
13627 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13628 \begin_inset space ~
13632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13634 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13641 \begin_layout Subsection
13646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13655 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13656 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13657 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13659 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13666 \begin_layout Standard
13667 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13668 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13669 LaTeX then adds the
13670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13673 appropriate amount of space
13674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13678 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13680 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13683 \begin_layout Standard
13684 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13698 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13699 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13702 \begin_layout Standard
13703 Here are some examples of
13707 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13710 \begin_layout Itemize
13715 \begin_layout Itemize
13720 \begin_layout Standard
13721 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13724 \begin_layout Itemize
13726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13730 this is too much space!
13733 \begin_layout Itemize
13738 \begin_layout Standard
13739 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13742 \begin_layout Standard
13743 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13746 \begin_layout Enumerate
13750 \begin_inset space ~
13755 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13756 \begin_inset space ~
13760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13762 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13771 Spaces ! inter-word
13779 \begin_layout Enumerate
13783 \begin_inset space ~
13788 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13789 \begin_inset space ~
13793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13795 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13812 \begin_layout Enumerate
13816 \begin_inset space ~
13820 \begin_inset space ~
13824 \begin_inset space ~
13831 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13833 \begin_inset space ~
13838 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13839 This function is also bound to
13842 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
13848 \begin_layout Standard
13849 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13852 \begin_layout Itemize
13854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13858 \begin_inset space \space{}
13861 this is too much space!
13864 \begin_layout Itemize
13865 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13869 \begin_layout Standard
13870 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13871 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13872 LaTeX will care about this.
13875 \begin_layout Standard
13876 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13880 \begin_inset space ~
13885 feature described in section
13891 Additional Features
13896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13902 Typography ! Quotes
13911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13942 \begin_layout Standard
13943 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13944 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13945 and use a closing quote at the end.
13947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13955 The keyboard character,
13959 , generates this automatically.
13962 \begin_layout Standard
13963 You can change the behavior of the
13967 key using the submenu
13973 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13981 Document ! Settings
13989 \begin_layout Standard
13990 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13995 There are six choices:
13998 \begin_layout Labeling
13999 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14011 Use quotes like this
14012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14016 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14020 \begin_inset Quotes els
14024 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14030 \begin_layout Labeling
14031 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14034 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14038 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14044 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14048 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14052 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14058 \begin_layout Labeling
14059 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14062 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14066 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14072 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14076 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14080 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14084 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14090 \begin_layout Labeling
14091 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14094 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14098 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14104 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14108 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14112 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14116 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14122 \begin_layout Labeling
14123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14126 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14130 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14136 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14140 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14144 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14148 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14154 \begin_layout Labeling
14155 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14158 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14162 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14168 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14172 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14176 \begin_inset Quotes als
14180 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14186 \begin_layout Standard
14187 These settings affects what character the
14194 \begin_layout Subsection
14199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14200 Typography ! Ligatures
14209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14240 name "sub:Ligatures"
14247 \begin_layout Standard
14248 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14249 print them as single characters.
14250 These groups are known as
14255 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14257 Here are the standard ligatures:
14260 \begin_layout Itemize
14264 \begin_layout Itemize
14268 \begin_layout Itemize
14272 \begin_layout Itemize
14276 \begin_layout Itemize
14280 \begin_layout Standard
14281 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14284 \begin_layout Standard
14285 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14286 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14294 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14310 To break a ligature, use
14312 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14313 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14315 \begin_inset space ~
14322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14333 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14335 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14350 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14358 \begin_layout Subsection
14363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14372 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14379 \begin_layout Standard
14380 You have surely noticed, that the word
14381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14388 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14389 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14390 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14391 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14410 \begin_inset Note Note
14413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14414 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14422 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14423 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14428 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14432 \begin_layout Description
14433 LyX The name of the game, write
14434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14449 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14455 \begin_layout Description
14456 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14478 \begin_layout Description
14479 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14480 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14501 \begin_layout Description
14502 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14524 \begin_layout Standard
14525 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14530 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14538 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14539 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14540 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14543 : The actual version is
14544 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14551 , the previous one was
14552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14562 \begin_layout Standard
14563 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14564 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14568 \begin_inset space \space{}
14571 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14573 This will look in LyX like:
14574 \begin_inset Graphics
14575 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14581 \begin_inset Newline newline
14584 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14585 \begin_inset space ~
14589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14591 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14598 \begin_layout Subsection
14603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14612 \begin_layout Standard
14613 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14614 space between two words.
14615 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14625 for units use the menu
14627 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14628 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14630 \begin_inset space ~
14638 arg "space-insert thin"
14644 \begin_layout Standard
14645 Here's an example to show the differences:
14648 \begin_layout Standard
14649 \begin_inset Tabular
14650 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14652 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14653 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14660 \begin_inset space ~
14664 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14676 space between number and unit
14683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14688 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14692 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14704 half space between number and unit
14717 \begin_layout Subsection
14722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14723 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14731 \begin_layout Standard
14732 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14734 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14735 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14736 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14737 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14738 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14739 These bits of text became known as
14750 \begin_layout Standard
14751 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14752 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14753 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14754 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14755 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14756 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14757 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14760 \begin_layout Standard
14761 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14762 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14763 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14764 \begin_inset space ~
14768 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14770 key "latexcompanion"
14775 \begin_inset space ~
14779 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14785 ] may have more information.
14786 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14789 \begin_layout Chapter
14790 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14793 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14800 \begin_layout Standard
14801 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14806 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14809 \begin_layout Section
14814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14830 \begin_layout Standard
14831 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14834 \begin_layout Description
14836 \begin_inset space ~
14839 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14840 \begin_inset Newline newline
14844 \begin_inset Note Note
14847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14848 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14856 \begin_layout Description
14857 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14858 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14860 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14861 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14862 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14865 \begin_inset Newline newline
14869 \begin_inset Note Comment
14872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14873 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14881 \begin_layout Description
14883 \begin_inset space ~
14886 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14887 \begin_inset Newline newline
14891 \begin_inset Newline newline
14895 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14904 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14905 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14906 How this can be done is explained in the
14915 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14921 \begin_inset Newline newline
14925 \begin_inset Newline newline
14928 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14929 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14932 \begin_layout Standard
14933 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14934 \begin_inset Graphics
14935 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14937 scaleBeforeRotation
14943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14947 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14950 \begin_layout Section
14955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14962 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14964 name "sec:Footnotes"
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14972 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14978 or the toolbar button
14979 \begin_inset Graphics
14980 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14993 \begin_inset Graphics
14994 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15003 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15032 label, the box will
15036 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15037 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15050 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15066 \begin_layout Standard
15067 Here's an example footnote:
15075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15076 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15084 \begin_layout Standard
15085 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15086 position where the footnote box is placed.
15087 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15088 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15089 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15090 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15091 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15096 ey are described in the
15103 \begin_layout Section
15108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15115 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15117 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15124 \begin_layout Standard
15125 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15126 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15128 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15130 \begin_inset space ~
15135 or the toolbar button
15136 \begin_inset Graphics
15137 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15164 appearing within your text.
15165 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15174 \begin_layout Standard
15175 At the side is an example marginal note.
15179 \begin_inset Marginal
15182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15183 This is a marginal note.
15191 \begin_layout Standard
15192 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15193 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15194 pages, right on odd pages.
15197 \begin_layout Section
15198 Graphics and Images
15202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15219 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15221 name "sec:Graphics"
15228 \begin_layout Standard
15229 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15230 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15231 \begin_inset Graphics
15232 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15242 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15245 \begin_layout Standard
15246 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15251 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15252 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15254 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15255 \begin_inset space ~
15259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15261 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15268 \begin_layout Standard
15273 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15274 of the image in the output.
15275 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15279 \begin_inset space ~
15283 \begin_inset space ~
15292 \begin_inset space ~
15296 \begin_inset space ~
15300 \begin_inset space ~
15305 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15306 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15314 \begin_layout Standard
15317 LaTeX and LyX options
15319 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15320 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15324 \begin_inset space ~
15329 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15330 with the image size is printed.
15334 \begin_inset space ~
15338 \begin_inset space ~
15342 \begin_inset space ~
15347 is explained in the
15358 \begin_layout Standard
15359 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15360 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15362 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15366 \begin_layout Standard
15368 \begin_inset Graphics
15369 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15371 rotateOrigin center
15378 \begin_layout Standard
15379 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15380 the image into a float, see section
15381 \begin_inset space ~
15385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15387 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15394 \begin_layout Subsection
15399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15408 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15415 \begin_layout Standard
15416 You can insert images in any known file format.
15417 But as we explained in section
15418 \begin_inset space ~
15422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15424 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15428 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15429 LyX uses therefore the program
15433 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15434 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15435 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15436 \begin_inset space ~
15440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15442 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15449 \begin_layout Standard
15450 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15453 \begin_layout Description
15455 \begin_inset space ~
15458 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15459 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15460 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15464 Graphics Interchange Format
15465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15468 (GIF, file extension
15469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15516 Portable Network Graphics
15517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15520 (PNG, file extension
15521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15568 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15572 (JPG, file extension
15573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15631 \begin_layout Description
15633 \begin_inset space ~
15636 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15638 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15639 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15640 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15641 \begin_inset Newline newline
15644 Scalable image formats can be
15645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15648 Scalable Vector Graphics
15649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15652 (SVG, file extension
15653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15700 Encapsulated PostScript
15701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15704 (EPS, file extension
15705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15752 Portable Document Format
15753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15756 (PDF, file extension
15757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15779 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15780 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15781 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15787 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15795 \begin_layout Standard
15796 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15800 \begin_layout Subsection
15801 Grouping of Image Settings
15805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15806 Images ! Settings grouping
15814 \begin_layout Standard
15815 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15817 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15818 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15820 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15821 need to manually change each of them.
15825 \begin_layout Standard
15826 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15829 \begin_inset space ~
15833 \begin_inset space ~
15838 field in the Graphics dialog.
15839 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15840 by checking the name of the desired group.
15843 \begin_layout Section
15848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15855 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15864 \begin_layout Standard
15865 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15866 \begin_inset Graphics
15867 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15878 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15879 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15880 from the rest of the table.
15881 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15882 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15884 Here's an example table:
15887 \begin_layout Standard
15889 \begin_inset Tabular
15890 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15892 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15893 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15895 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16095 \begin_layout Subsection
16099 \begin_layout Standard
16100 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16101 brings up the table dialog.
16102 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16103 where the cursor is placed currently.
16104 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16105 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16106 done on all of your selection.
16109 \begin_layout Standard
16110 Additionally to the table dialog the
16113 \begin_inset space ~
16118 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16120 It is for example currently only possible to add
16121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16125 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16128 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16131 \begin_layout Standard
16135 \begin_inset space ~
16140 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16141 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16142 current cell respectively.
16143 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16145 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16146 of text, see section
16147 \begin_inset space ~
16151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16153 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16160 \begin_layout Standard
16161 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16167 This will merge the cells to
16171 cell, spread over more than one column.
16172 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16173 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16174 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16175 in the last row without the upper border:
16178 \begin_layout Standard
16180 \begin_inset Tabular
16181 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16182 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16183 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16184 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16185 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16186 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16197 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16206 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16282 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16317 \begin_layout Standard
16318 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16319 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16320 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16321 explained in the tables section of the
16324 \begin_inset space ~
16330 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16334 degrees counterclockwise.
16335 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16338 \begin_layout Standard
16339 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16347 Most DVI-viewers are
16351 able to display rotations.
16359 \begin_layout Standard
16364 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16369 adds lines for all cell borders.
16372 \begin_layout Subsection
16377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16378 Tables ! Longtables
16387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16396 \begin_layout Standard
16397 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16400 \begin_inset space ~
16404 \begin_inset space ~
16413 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16414 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16417 \begin_layout Description
16422 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16423 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16424 except for the first page, if
16427 \begin_inset space ~
16435 \begin_layout Description
16439 \begin_inset space ~
16444 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16445 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16448 \begin_layout Description
16453 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16454 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16455 except for the last page, if
16458 \begin_inset space ~
16466 \begin_layout Description
16470 \begin_inset space ~
16475 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16476 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16479 \begin_layout Description
16480 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16481 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16487 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16490 \begin_inset space ~
16498 \begin_layout Standard
16499 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16500 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16501 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16502 The others will then be defined as
16507 In this context, first means first in this order:
16510 \begin_inset space ~
16522 \begin_inset space ~
16528 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16531 \begin_layout Standard
16533 \begin_inset Tabular
16534 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16535 <features islongtable="true">
16536 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16537 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16538 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16539 <row endfirsthead="true">
16540 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16546 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16551 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16560 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16570 <row endfirsthead="true">
16571 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16582 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16591 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16603 <row endhead="true">
16604 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16615 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16624 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16634 <row endhead="true">
16635 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16646 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16655 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16667 <row endfoot="true">
16668 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16679 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16688 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16719 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17678 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17689 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17720 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18649 <row endlastfoot="true">
18650 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18661 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 \begin_layout Subsection
18692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18699 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18701 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18708 \begin_layout Standard
18709 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18710 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18711 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18712 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18716 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18717 for the cell's paragraph.
18720 \begin_layout Standard
18721 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18722 for the column in the table dialog.
18723 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18724 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18728 \begin_layout Standard
18730 \begin_inset Tabular
18731 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18733 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18734 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18735 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18755 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18824 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18880 This is longer now.
18885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18936 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18937 This is longer now.
18942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 \begin_layout Standard
18969 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18970 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18975 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
18976 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
18982 Selection with the mouse or with
18986 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18987 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18988 the selection from outside the table.
18991 \begin_layout Section
18996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19003 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19012 \begin_layout Standard
19013 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19014 have a fixed location.
19016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19023 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19031 \begin_inset space ~
19036 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19037 too much notes at the page.
19040 \begin_layout Standard
19041 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19042 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19043 and pages without text.
19044 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19045 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19046 Floats are therefore numbered.
19047 Referencing is described in section
19048 \begin_inset space ~
19052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19054 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19061 \begin_layout Standard
19062 To insert a float, use the menu
19064 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19068 A box with a caption that has e.
19069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19073 \begin_inset space \space{}
19077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19081 \begin_inset space ~
19085 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19088 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19089 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19091 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19101 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19102 paragraph within the float.
19103 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19104 by left-clicking on the box label.
19105 A closed float box looks like this:
19106 \begin_inset Graphics
19107 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19112 -- a gray button with a red label.
19115 \begin_layout Standard
19116 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19117 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19120 \begin_layout Subsection
19124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19130 Floats ! Figure floats
19136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19138 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19145 \begin_layout Standard
19148 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19149 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19152 inserts a float with the label
19153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19159 \begin_inset space ~
19165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19169 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19170 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19171 This is what we did for Figure
19172 \begin_inset space ~
19176 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19178 reference "cap:Platypus"
19183 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19184 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19185 This was done in Figure
19186 \begin_inset space ~
19190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19192 reference "cap:Escher"
19199 \begin_layout Standard
19200 \begin_inset Float figure
19205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19207 \begin_inset Graphics
19208 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19210 rotateOrigin center
19217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19218 \begin_inset Caption
19220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19223 name "cap:Platypus"
19227 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19240 \begin_layout Standard
19241 \begin_inset Float figure
19246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19247 \begin_inset Caption
19249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19267 \begin_inset Graphics
19268 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19270 rotateOrigin center
19282 \begin_layout Standard
19283 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19285 As described in section
19286 \begin_inset space ~
19290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19292 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19296 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19301 and refer to it using the menu
19303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19307 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19316 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19328 \begin_layout Standard
19329 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19330 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19331 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19332 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19334 \begin_inset space ~
19338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19340 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19344 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19345 You can also set the images one below the other.
19347 \begin_inset space ~
19351 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19353 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19360 reference "fig:Platypus"
19364 are the subfigures.
19367 \begin_layout Standard
19368 \begin_inset Float figure
19373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19374 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19378 \begin_inset Float figure
19383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19384 \begin_inset Caption
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19389 name "fig:Undefinable"
19401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19402 \begin_inset Graphics
19403 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19414 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19418 \begin_inset Float figure
19423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19424 \begin_inset Caption
19426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19429 name "fig:Platypus"
19441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19442 \begin_inset Graphics
19443 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19455 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19462 \begin_inset Caption
19464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19467 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19471 Two distorted images.
19484 \begin_layout Standard
19485 Note that the caption is added to the
19488 \begin_inset space ~
19492 \begin_inset space ~
19497 as described in section
19498 \begin_inset space ~
19502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19504 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19517 Floats ! Table floats
19525 \begin_layout Standard
19526 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19529 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19533 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19536 \begin_inset space ~
19540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19542 reference "cap:Table-float"
19546 is an example of a table float.
19549 \begin_layout Standard
19550 \begin_inset Float table
19555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19556 \begin_inset Caption
19558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19561 name "cap:Table-float"
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19575 \begin_inset Tabular
19576 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19578 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19579 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19580 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19707 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19728 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19730 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19751 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19772 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19778 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19786 \begin_layout Standard
19787 This float type is inserted with the menu
19789 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19790 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19794 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19795 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19799 , described in section
19800 \begin_inset space ~
19804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19806 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19813 \begin_layout Standard
19814 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19822 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19828 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19831 \begin_layout Standard
19836 floatname{algorithm}{your
19837 \begin_inset space ~
19843 \begin_layout Standard
19844 to the document preamble (menu
19846 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19853 \begin_inset space ~
19859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19879 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19887 \begin_layout Standard
19888 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19896 \begin_inset Graphics
19897 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19899 rotateOrigin center
19906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19907 \begin_inset Caption
19909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19912 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19916 This is a wrapped figure.
19917 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19930 This float type is used if you want to
19931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19938 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19940 It can be inserted using the menu
19942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19943 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19945 \begin_inset space ~
19950 if the LaTeX-package
19958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19959 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19969 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19972 \begin_inset space ~
19982 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19985 \begin_inset space ~
19989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19991 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19995 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19996 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20004 Available units are explained in Appendix
20005 \begin_inset space ~
20009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20011 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20020 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20024 \begin_layout Standard
20025 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20033 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20034 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20038 \begin_inset space \space{}
20041 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up in
20042 the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20043 over some other text.
20051 \begin_layout Itemize
20052 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20053 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20054 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20055 breaks will appear.
20058 \begin_layout Itemize
20059 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20060 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20063 \begin_layout Itemize
20064 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20065 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20068 \begin_layout Itemize
20069 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20072 \begin_layout Subsection
20074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20076 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20093 \begin_layout Standard
20094 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20095 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20099 \begin_inset space ~
20107 \begin_layout Standard
20108 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20109 have a multi-column document).
20110 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20113 \begin_inset space ~
20119 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20120 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20127 \begin_layout Standard
20128 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20129 format is also the same: Table
20130 \begin_inset space ~
20134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20136 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20140 is an example of a rotated table float.
20143 \begin_layout Standard
20144 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20152 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20160 \begin_layout Standard
20161 \begin_inset Float table
20166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20167 \begin_inset Caption
20169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20172 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20186 \begin_inset Tabular
20187 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20189 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20190 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20191 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20192 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20193 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20253 \begin_layout Subsection
20255 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20257 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20274 \begin_layout Standard
20275 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20276 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20277 \begin_inset Newline newline
20283 \begin_inset space ~
20288 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20289 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20291 \begin_inset Newline newline
20297 \begin_inset space ~
20302 is used to rotate floats, see section
20303 \begin_inset space ~
20307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20309 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20316 \begin_layout Standard
20317 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20318 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20321 \begin_inset space ~
20325 \begin_inset space ~
20333 \begin_layout Description
20335 \begin_inset space ~
20339 \begin_inset space ~
20342 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20345 \begin_layout Description
20347 \begin_inset space ~
20351 \begin_inset space ~
20354 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20357 \begin_layout Description
20359 \begin_inset space ~
20363 \begin_inset space ~
20366 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20369 \begin_layout Description
20371 \begin_inset space ~
20375 \begin_inset space ~
20378 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20381 \begin_layout Standard
20382 The order of the above option is
20387 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20391 \begin_inset space ~
20395 \begin_inset space ~
20403 \begin_inset space ~
20407 \begin_inset space ~
20412 , and then the others.
20413 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20415 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20416 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20419 \begin_layout Standard
20420 By default, each options has its own rules:
20423 \begin_layout Standard
20427 \begin_inset space ~
20431 \begin_inset space ~
20436 only floats occupying less than 70
20437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20440 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20443 \begin_layout Standard
20447 \begin_inset space ~
20451 \begin_inset space ~
20456 : only floats occupying less than 30
20457 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20460 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20463 \begin_layout Standard
20467 \begin_inset space ~
20471 \begin_inset space ~
20476 : only if more than 50
20477 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20480 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20484 \begin_layout Standard
20485 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20489 \begin_inset space ~
20493 \begin_inset space ~
20501 \begin_layout Standard
20502 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20503 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20504 For this case you can use the option
20507 \begin_inset space ~
20513 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20515 Because the float is then no longer able to
20516 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20523 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20526 \begin_layout Standard
20527 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20528 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20531 \begin_layout Standard
20532 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20534 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20536 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20543 \begin_layout Section
20548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20557 name "sec:Minipages"
20564 \begin_layout Standard
20565 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20567 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20568 \begin_inset space ~
20575 \begin_layout Standard
20576 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20582 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20583 and its alignment within the page.
20586 \begin_layout Standard
20588 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20597 height_special "totalheight"
20600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20603 This is a minipage.
20604 The text is set in an italic style.
20607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20610 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20611 another formatting.
20619 \begin_layout Standard
20620 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20623 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20627 as described in section
20628 \begin_inset space ~
20632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20634 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20639 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20645 \begin_layout Standard
20646 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20655 height_special "totalheight"
20658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20659 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20660 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20666 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20670 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20679 height_special "totalheight"
20682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20683 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20684 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20692 \begin_layout Standard
20693 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20699 \begin_layout Standard
20700 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20701 to other box types.
20702 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20713 \begin_layout Chapter
20714 Mathematical Formulas
20718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20757 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20759 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20766 \begin_layout Standard
20767 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20772 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20775 \begin_layout Section
20780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20789 \begin_layout Standard
20790 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20791 \begin_inset Graphics
20792 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20797 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20799 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20800 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20801 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20809 \begin_layout Standard
20810 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20814 \begin_inset space ~
20819 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20822 \begin_layout Standard
20823 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20824 line, like this one:
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20828 This is a line with an inline formula
20829 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20835 \begin_layout Standard
20836 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20838 \begin_inset Formula \[
20843 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20846 \begin_layout Standard
20847 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20849 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20853 \begin_inset space \space{}
20857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20870 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20871 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20875 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20878 \begin_inset space ~
20886 \begin_layout Subsection
20887 Navigating in Formulas
20891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20900 \begin_layout Standard
20901 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20902 achieved with the arrow keys.
20903 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20904 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20909 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20910 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20914 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20918 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20920 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20928 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20933 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20934 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20937 \begin_layout Standard
20942 , printed in this document as
20943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20964 \begin_inset Note Note
20967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20968 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20969 space character (visible space).
20974 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20975 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20976 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20981 For example, if you want
20982 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21036 , since in the latter case only the
21039 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21044 will be under the square root sign:
21045 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21051 \begin_layout Standard
21052 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21054 \begin_inset Formula \[
21055 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21058 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21062 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21063 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21066 \begin_layout Subsection
21070 \begin_layout Standard
21071 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21072 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21076 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21077 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21078 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21079 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21080 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21083 \begin_layout Subsection
21084 Exponents and Subscripts
21088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21109 way is to use a command.
21111 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21114 , type in a formula
21120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21136 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21142 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21146 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21167 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21176 , you have to use an extra
21180 to separate the hat and the character.
21182 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21186 \begin_inset space \space{}
21190 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21211 Subscripts are similar: To get
21212 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21235 \begin_layout Subsection
21240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21249 \begin_layout Standard
21250 Create a fraction with either the command
21257 \begin_inset Graphics
21258 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21266 \begin_inset space ~
21272 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21273 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21274 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21279 To move back up, press
21284 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21285 \begin_inset Formula \[
21286 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21288 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21295 \begin_layout Subsection
21300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21309 \begin_layout Standard
21310 Roots can be created using the
21313 \begin_inset space ~
21319 \begin_inset Graphics
21320 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21343 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21349 produces always a square root.
21352 \begin_layout Subsection
21353 Operators with Limits
21357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21376 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21383 \begin_layout Standard
21385 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21389 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21392 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21393 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21394 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21395 The sum operator will automatically place its
21396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21403 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21406 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21410 \begin_inset Formula \[
21411 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21415 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21419 \begin_layout Standard
21420 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21422 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21423 behind the operator and hitting
21431 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21432 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21434 \begin_inset space ~
21438 \begin_inset space ~
21446 \begin_layout Standard
21447 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21455 feature as addition, such as
21459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21466 \begin_inset Formula \[
21467 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21471 which will place the
21472 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21484 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21485 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21491 \begin_layout Standard
21492 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21499 Have a look at section
21500 \begin_inset space ~
21504 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21506 reference "sub:Functions"
21510 for an explanation of function macros.
21513 \begin_layout Subsection
21518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21527 \begin_layout Standard
21528 Most math symbols can be found in the
21531 \begin_inset space ~
21536 under one of several categories; including
21553 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21557 \begin_layout Standard
21558 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21559 you don't have to use the
21562 \begin_inset space ~
21567 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21568 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21571 \begin_layout Subsection
21576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21585 \begin_layout Standard
21586 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21591 arg "space-insert protected"
21597 \begin_inset space ~
21603 \begin_inset Graphics
21604 filename ../images/math/space.png
21609 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21610 Here a example for the sequence
21615 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21619 \begin_inset Graphics
21620 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21625 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21626 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21627 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21628 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21633 \begin_layout Standard
21643 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21649 \begin_layout Standard
21659 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21665 \begin_layout Subsection
21670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21679 name "sub:Functions"
21686 \begin_layout Standard
21690 \begin_inset space ~
21695 contains under the button
21696 \begin_inset Graphics
21697 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21701 a number of functions, such as
21702 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21706 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21714 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21721 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21722 avoid confusions, because
21723 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21727 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21733 \begin_layout Standard
21734 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21736 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21740 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21746 \begin_layout Standard
21747 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21748 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21749 \begin_inset space ~
21753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21755 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21762 \begin_layout Subsection
21767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21776 \begin_layout Standard
21777 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21779 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21780 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21785 \begin_inset space \space{}
21789 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21792 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21793 Our example is entered by typing
21801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21814 \begin_inset space ~
21818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21820 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21824 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21827 \begin_layout Standard
21828 \begin_inset Float table
21833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21834 \begin_inset Caption
21836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21839 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21843 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21853 \begin_inset Tabular
21854 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21857 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21858 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21942 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21996 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22050 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22104 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22158 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22212 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22266 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22320 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22374 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22419 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22440 \begin_layout Standard
22441 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22444 \begin_inset space ~
22450 \begin_inset Graphics
22451 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22455 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22459 \begin_layout Section
22460 Brackets and Delimiters
22464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22481 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22483 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22490 \begin_layout Standard
22491 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22492 For most purposes, using just the keys
22497 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22498 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22501 \begin_inset space ~
22507 \begin_inset Graphics
22508 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22513 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22515 \begin_inset Formula \[
22516 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22518 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22522 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22523 \begin_inset Formula \[
22524 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22531 \begin_layout Standard
22532 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22533 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22536 \begin_layout Standard
22537 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22538 left side and right side.
22539 If you use the option
22542 \begin_inset space ~
22547 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22548 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22549 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22550 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22553 \begin_layout Standard
22554 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22555 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22556 inside the brackets.
22557 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22562 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22565 \begin_layout Standard
22566 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22577 \begin_layout Section
22582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22591 \begin_layout Standard
22592 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22593 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22604 \begin_layout Standard
22605 \begin_inset Formula \[
22606 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22613 \begin_layout Standard
22614 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22625 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22629 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22630 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22631 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22634 \begin_layout Section
22635 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22660 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22668 \begin_layout Standard
22669 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22672 \begin_inset space ~
22678 \begin_inset Graphics
22679 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22684 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22685 Here is an example:
22686 \begin_inset Formula \[
22687 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22690 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22694 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22695 \begin_inset space ~
22699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22701 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22706 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22707 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22708 This alignment is set in the box
22713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22758 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22761 for every column as default.
22762 For example, the sequence
22763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22774 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22775 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22776 corresponds to the relevant column.
22777 The result will look like this:
22778 \begin_inset Formula \[
22780 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22781 column & has & has\, right\\
22782 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22789 \begin_layout Standard
22790 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22793 arg "newline-insert newline"
22796 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22797 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22799 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22805 \begin_layout Standard
22806 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22807 It can be created with the menu
22809 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22810 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22812 \begin_inset space ~
22825 \begin_inset Formula \[
22829 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22836 \begin_layout Standard
22837 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22840 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22843 arg "newline-insert newline"
22847 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22852 arg "newline-insert newline"
22855 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22863 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22864 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22865 A new row is created by every further hit of
22868 arg "newline-insert newline"
22872 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22873 Here is an example:
22874 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22875 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22876 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22880 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22881 where you want to start the shift and hit
22886 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22887 position to the next column.
22888 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22889 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22890 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22891 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22898 \begin_layout Standard
22899 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22906 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22907 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22910 reference "eq:asquared"
22915 The other types are described in section
22916 \begin_inset space ~
22920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22922 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22929 \begin_layout Section
22930 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22935 Math ! Formula numbering
22944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22945 Math ! Referencing formulas
22951 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22953 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22960 \begin_layout Standard
22961 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22963 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22964 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22966 \begin_inset space ~
22974 arg "math-number-toggle"
22978 The formula number appears in LyX as
22979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22986 within parentheses.
22988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22995 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22997 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22998 the document class.
22999 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23000 separated by a dot:
23001 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23002 1+1=2\end{equation}
23009 arg "math-number-toggle"
23012 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23013 You can only number displayed formulas.
23016 \begin_layout Standard
23017 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23020 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23022 \begin_inset space ~
23026 \begin_inset space ~
23030 \begin_inset space ~
23038 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23041 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23042 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23044 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23045 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23049 To number all lines use the shortcut
23052 arg "math-number-toggle"
23058 \begin_layout Standard
23059 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23062 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23063 A label is inserted with the menu
23065 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23068 when the cursor is in the formula.
23069 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23070 It is recommended to use the proposed
23071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23082 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23083 type when you have many labels in your document.
23084 We inserted in the following example the label
23085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23092 in the second line:
23093 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23094 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23095 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23099 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23100 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23110 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23114 \begin_inset space ~
23120 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23121 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23122 as the formula number:
23125 \begin_layout Standard
23126 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23127 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23129 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23136 \begin_layout Standard
23137 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23138 \begin_inset space ~
23142 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23144 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23149 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23152 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23155 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23160 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23168 \begin_layout Section
23169 User defined math macros
23173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23182 \begin_layout Standard
23183 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas what is very useful when you
23184 have in a document several times the same form of equations.
23185 Math macros are explained in section
23188 \begin_inset space ~
23200 \begin_layout Section
23204 \begin_layout Subsection
23209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23218 \begin_layout Standard
23219 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23220 To set a font in a formula, use the
23223 \begin_inset space ~
23229 \begin_inset Graphics
23230 filename ../images/math/font.png
23234 , or enter its command, listed in table
23235 \begin_inset space ~
23239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23241 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23248 \begin_layout Standard
23249 \begin_inset Float table
23254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23255 \begin_inset Caption
23257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23258 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23260 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23264 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23274 \begin_inset Tabular
23275 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23277 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23278 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23310 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23337 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23397 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23424 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23451 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23485 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23512 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23546 \begin_layout Standard
23547 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23555 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23571 \begin_layout Standard
23572 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23573 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23578 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23579 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23580 Here an example where a
23581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23592 denotes the set of numbers:
23593 \begin_inset Formula \[
23594 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23601 \begin_layout Standard
23602 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23608 \begin_inset space \space{}
23620 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23624 \begin_inset Newline newline
23627 So better don't use this feature.
23630 \begin_layout Standard
23631 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23632 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23636 \begin_inset Newline newline
23639 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23645 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23646 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23652 \begin_layout Standard
23659 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23662 \begin_layout Standard
23663 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23665 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23666 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23668 \begin_inset space ~
23676 \begin_layout Subsection
23681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23690 \begin_layout Standard
23691 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23693 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23697 \begin_inset space ~
23701 \begin_inset space ~
23709 \begin_inset space ~
23715 \begin_inset Graphics
23716 filename ../images/math/font.png
23723 \begin_inset space ~
23729 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23730 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23731 Here is an example:
23732 \begin_inset Formula \[
23734 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23735 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23742 \begin_layout Subsection
23747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23756 \begin_layout Standard
23757 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23758 automatically chosen in most situations.
23776 For most characters,
23784 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23785 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23790 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23791 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23792 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23793 \begin_inset Graphics
23794 filename ../images/math/style.png
23799 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23800 For example, you can set
23801 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23804 , which is normally in
23813 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23817 The four styles are used in the following example:
23820 \begin_layout Standard
23821 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23825 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23829 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23833 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23839 \begin_layout Standard
23840 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23841 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23843 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23845 \begin_inset space ~
23850 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23851 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23852 will be adjusted to correspond.
23853 As example a formula in the font size
23854 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23858 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23864 \begin_layout Standard
23868 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23874 \begin_layout Section
23878 \begin_layout Standard
23879 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23880 the document classes and into layout modules.
23884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23890 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23891 other than the AMS classes.
23893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23895 reference "sub:Modules"
23899 for more on layout modules.
23902 \begin_layout Section
23907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23926 \begin_layout Standard
23927 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23928 (AMS) that are in common use.
23931 \begin_layout Subsection
23932 Enabling AMS-Support
23935 \begin_layout Standard
23936 Selecting the checkbox
23939 \begin_inset space ~
23943 \begin_inset space ~
23947 \begin_inset space ~
23954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23962 Document ! Settings
23970 \begin_inset space ~
23975 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
23977 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
23978 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
23981 \begin_layout Subsection
23983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23985 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23994 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24002 \begin_layout Standard
24003 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24004 LyX allows you to choose between
24025 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24028 \begin_layout Chapter
24032 \begin_layout Section
24037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24044 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24046 name "sec:Cross-References"
24053 \begin_layout Standard
24054 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24055 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24057 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24058 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24059 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24062 \begin_layout Enumerate
24066 \begin_layout Enumerate
24067 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24069 name "enu:Second-item"
24076 \begin_layout Enumerate
24080 \begin_layout Standard
24081 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24086 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24087 \begin_inset Graphics
24088 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24094 A grey label box like this:
24095 \begin_inset Graphics
24096 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24101 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24102 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24125 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24137 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24142 \begin_inset space \space{}
24145 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24160 \begin_layout Standard
24161 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24163 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24166 or the toolbar button
24167 \begin_inset Graphics
24168 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24174 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24175 \begin_inset Graphics
24176 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24181 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24183 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24196 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24198 Here is our cross-reference:
24201 \begin_layout Standard
24203 \begin_inset space ~
24207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24209 reference "enu:Second-item"
24216 \begin_layout Standard
24217 It is recommended to use a protected space
24221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24222 described in section
24223 \begin_inset space ~
24227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24229 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24238 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24242 \begin_layout Standard
24243 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24246 \begin_layout Description
24247 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24250 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24257 \begin_layout Description
24258 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24259 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24271 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24278 \begin_layout Description
24279 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24280 \begin_inset space ~
24284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24285 LatexCommand pageref
24286 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24293 \begin_layout Description
24295 \begin_inset space ~
24299 \begin_inset space ~
24302 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24303 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24304 LatexCommand vpageref
24305 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24312 \begin_layout Description
24314 \begin_inset space ~
24318 \begin_inset space ~
24322 \begin_inset space ~
24325 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24327 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24329 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24336 \begin_layout Description
24338 \begin_inset space ~
24341 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24342 \begin_inset Newline newline
24346 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24354 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24363 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24376 \begin_layout Standard
24377 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24378 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24380 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24384 \begin_inset space \space{}
24388 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24402 \begin_layout Standard
24403 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24404 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24405 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24409 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24413 \begin_layout Standard
24414 You can only use the style
24418 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24422 is always possible.
24425 \begin_layout Standard
24426 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24427 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24428 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24429 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24430 \begin_inset space ~
24434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24436 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24443 \begin_layout Standard
24447 \begin_inset space ~
24451 \begin_inset space ~
24456 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24457 The button text changes then to
24460 \begin_inset space ~
24465 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24466 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24467 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24471 \begin_layout Standard
24472 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24473 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24474 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24477 \begin_layout Standard
24478 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24479 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24482 \begin_layout Standard
24483 References are described in detail in the
24490 \begin_layout Section
24491 Table of Contents and other Listings
24495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24512 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24521 \begin_layout Subsection
24523 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24525 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24532 \begin_layout Standard
24533 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24536 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24538 \begin_inset space ~
24542 \begin_inset space ~
24548 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24549 If you click on it, the
24553 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24554 sections in your documents.
24555 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24557 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24560 that is described in sec.
24561 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24565 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24567 reference "sec:Navigating"
24574 \begin_layout Standard
24575 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24576 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24578 \begin_inset space ~
24582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24584 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24588 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24590 \begin_inset space ~
24594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24596 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24600 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24602 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24605 \begin_layout Subsection
24606 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24609 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24616 \begin_layout Standard
24617 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24618 You can insert them via the
24620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24622 \begin_inset space ~
24626 \begin_inset space ~
24632 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24635 \begin_layout Section
24636 URLs and Hyperlinks
24640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24659 \begin_layout Subsection
24661 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24670 \begin_layout Standard
24671 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24679 \begin_layout Standard
24680 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24681 \begin_inset Flex URL
24684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24694 \begin_layout Standard
24695 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24701 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24705 \begin_layout Standard
24706 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24714 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24722 \begin_layout Subsection
24724 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24726 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24733 \begin_layout Standard
24734 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24736 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24739 or with the toolbar button
24740 \begin_inset Graphics
24741 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24742 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24747 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24756 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24757 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24758 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24760 name "LyX's homepage"
24761 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24765 , an Email address like this:
24766 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24768 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24769 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24774 , or a link to a file.
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24778 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24791 to the link target.
24794 \begin_layout Standard
24795 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24796 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24797 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24798 the text style dialog.
24799 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24803 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24805 name "LyX's homepage"
24806 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24813 \begin_layout Standard
24814 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24818 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24820 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24821 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24825 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24827 \begin_inset Newline newline
24835 \begin_inset Newline newline
24842 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24845 \begin_layout Section
24850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24857 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24859 name "sec:Appendices"
24866 \begin_layout Standard
24867 Appendices are created with the menu
24869 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24871 \begin_inset space ~
24875 \begin_inset space ~
24881 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24882 as appendix region.
24883 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24886 \begin_layout Standard
24887 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24888 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24889 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24890 and the subsection number.
24891 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24895 \begin_layout Standard
24897 \begin_inset space ~
24901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24903 reference "cha:Credits"
24908 \begin_inset space ~
24912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24914 reference "sub:Export"
24921 \begin_layout Section
24926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24935 name "sec:Bibliography"
24942 \begin_layout Standard
24943 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
24944 You can include a bibliography database,
24948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24949 Known under the name
24950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24962 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
24963 manually, using the paragraph environment
24967 , which was described in section
24968 \begin_inset space ~
24972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24974 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
24979 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
24980 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
24984 use a bibliography database.
24987 \begin_layout Subsection
24988 The Bibliography Environment
24991 \begin_layout Standard
24996 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
24998 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25007 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25009 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25018 , a short form of its title, as key.
25021 \begin_layout Standard
25022 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25027 or the toolbar button
25028 \begin_inset Graphics
25029 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25030 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25035 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25036 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25037 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25038 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25042 \begin_layout Standard
25043 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25044 with surrounding brackets.
25049 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25050 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25062 \begin_layout Standard
25065 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25068 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25070 key "latexcompanion"
25077 \begin_layout Standard
25078 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25079 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25088 \begin_layout Subsection
25089 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25094 Bibliography ! Databases
25103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25104 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25112 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25119 \begin_layout Standard
25120 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25126 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25128 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25129 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25134 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25136 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25137 your working field in a database.
25138 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25139 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25141 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25145 \begin_layout Standard
25146 The database is a text file with the file extension
25147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25158 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25159 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25160 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25162 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25167 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25168 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25169 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25170 \begin_inset Flex URL
25173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25175 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25183 \begin_layout Standard
25184 To use a database, use the menu
25186 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25191 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25204 \begin_inset space ~
25210 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25211 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25214 Add bibliography to TOC
25216 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25221 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25224 \begin_layout Standard
25225 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25237 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25238 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25239 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25241 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25247 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25248 \begin_inset Newline newline
25252 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25254 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25266 \begin_layout Standard
25267 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25270 \begin_layout Standard
25271 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25272 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25275 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25303 \begin_inset space ~
25309 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25315 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25324 \begin_layout Standard
25325 When you select the option
25327 Sectioned bibliography
25331 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25334 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25335 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25337 Customizing Bibliographies
25350 \begin_layout Standard
25351 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25352 the two methods of creating them.
25353 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25354 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25355 We used the style file
25359 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25362 \begin_layout Subsection
25363 Bibliography layout
25367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25368 Bibliography ! Layout
25376 \begin_layout Standard
25377 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25378 For this feature you need to enable the option
25384 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25392 Document ! Settings
25402 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25403 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25404 in the previous section.
25407 \begin_layout Standard
25408 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25409 in the citation reference window.
25410 Here an example where we set the text
25411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25415 \begin_inset space ~
25419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25422 to appear after the reference:
25425 \begin_layout Standard
25427 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25430 key "latexcompanion"
25437 \begin_layout Section
25442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25449 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25458 \begin_layout Standard
25459 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25461 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25463 \begin_inset space ~
25468 or the toolbar button
25469 \begin_inset Graphics
25470 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25471 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25488 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25489 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25490 by LyX as index entry.
25493 \begin_layout Standard
25494 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25495 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25497 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25499 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25506 \begin_layout Standard
25507 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25511 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25513 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25515 \begin_inset space ~
25519 \begin_inset space ~
25522 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25524 \begin_inset space ~
25530 A light blue box labeled
25531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25542 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25543 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25546 \begin_layout Subsection
25547 Grouping Index Entries
25551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25560 \begin_layout Standard
25561 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25563 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25564 lists under the entry
25565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25569 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25573 First we create the entry
25574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25582 \begin_inset space ~
25586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25588 reference "sub:Lists"
25593 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25594 \begin_inset space ~
25598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25600 reference "sec:Itemize"
25604 , we insert the command
25607 \begin_layout Standard
25613 \begin_layout Standard
25617 \begin_layout Standard
25623 \begin_layout Standard
25624 for the enumerated list in section
25625 \begin_inset space ~
25629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25631 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25639 The exclamation mark
25640 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25647 marks the grouping levels.
25648 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25649 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25650 If we don't have an index entry for
25651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25658 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25661 \begin_layout Subsection
25666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25667 Index ! Page ranges
25675 \begin_layout Standard
25676 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25678 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25679 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25681 \begin_inset space ~
25685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25687 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25694 \begin_layout Standard
25697 Paragraph environments|(
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 and another entry at the end of section
25702 \begin_inset space ~
25706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25708 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25715 \begin_layout Standard
25718 Paragraph environments|)
25721 \begin_layout Standard
25723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25746 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25747 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25748 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25749 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25750 An example is the index entry
25751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25754 Document ! Settings
25755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25761 \begin_layout Subsection
25766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25767 Index ! Cross referencing
25775 \begin_layout Standard
25776 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25777 We referred for example in the index entry
25778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25786 \begin_inset space ~
25790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25792 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25796 ) to the index entry
25797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25804 in the same section using the entry
25807 \begin_layout Standard
25810 GIF|see{Image formats}
25813 \begin_layout Standard
25814 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25815 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25816 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25819 \begin_layout Subsection
25824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25825 Index ! Entry order
25833 \begin_layout Standard
25834 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25835 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25836 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25841 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25843 \begin_inset space ~
25847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25849 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25858 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25859 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25876 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25888 Dummy entries ! maïs
25897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25898 Dummy entries ! maître
25907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25908 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
25913 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
25914 order maïs, maison, maître.
25915 To achieve this, we use the command
25918 \begin_layout Standard
25921 previous entry@current entry
25924 \begin_layout Standard
25925 In our case we want to have
25926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25941 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
25944 \begin_layout Standard
25950 \begin_layout Standard
25951 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
25952 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
25956 \begin_layout Subsection
25961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25962 Index ! Entry layout
25970 \begin_layout Standard
25971 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
25975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25978 This is an italic dummy entry
25983 You can also format the page number using the character
25984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25991 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
25992 We can write for example
25995 \begin_layout Standard
25998 italic page number:|textit
26001 \begin_layout Standard
26002 to get the page number in italic.
26006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26007 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26012 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26030 \begin_inset space ~
26036 Have a look at section
26037 \begin_inset space ~
26041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26043 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26047 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26050 \begin_layout Standard
26051 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26059 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26063 to generate the index, see section
26064 \begin_inset space ~
26068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26070 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26079 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26080 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26082 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26085 key "latexcompanion"
26097 \begin_layout Standard
26098 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26100 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26101 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26102 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26103 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26104 If so, put the following in preamble
26107 \begin_layout Standard
26119 \begin_layout Standard
26123 \begin_layout Standard
26129 \begin_layout Standard
26130 into the index entry.
26134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26135 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26140 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26141 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26142 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26145 \begin_layout Standard
26146 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26152 \begin_inset space \space{}
26155 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26156 for all index entries.
26157 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26169 documentation for details,
26170 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26172 key "makeindex,xindy"
26179 \begin_layout Subsection
26184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26191 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26193 name "sub:Index-Program"
26200 \begin_layout Standard
26201 When the index entry program
26205 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26206 generation, otherwise the program
26210 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26211 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26212 dialog, see section
26213 \begin_inset space ~
26217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26219 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26224 The available options are listed and explained in
26225 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26227 key "makeindex,xindy"
26232 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26235 \begin_layout Standard
26240 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26241 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26243 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26245 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26246 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26254 \begin_layout Section
26255 Nomenclature / Glossary
26259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26298 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26300 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26307 \begin_layout Standard
26308 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26309 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26313 \begin_layout Standard
26314 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26323 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26329 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26330 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26336 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26339 \begin_layout Standard
26340 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26341 and then use the menu
26343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26349 \begin_inset space ~
26354 or the toolbar button
26355 \begin_inset Graphics
26356 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26357 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26374 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26377 \begin_layout Standard
26378 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26379 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26380 The second is the description of the symbol.
26383 \begin_layout Standard
26384 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26392 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26400 \begin_layout Subsection
26401 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26406 Nomenclature ! Layout
26414 \begin_layout Standard
26415 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26419 field as LaTeX-formula.
26421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26425 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26433 \begin_inset Newline newline
26441 \begin_inset Newline newline
26447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26454 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26455 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26467 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26477 \begin_layout Standard
26478 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26479 \begin_inset space ~
26483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26485 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26492 \begin_layout Standard
26496 \begin_inset space ~
26501 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26502 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26503 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26507 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26514 in this document is:
26515 \begin_inset Newline newline
26520 dummy entry for the character
26525 \begin_inset Newline newline
26537 \begin_inset space ~
26547 font use the command
26576 \begin_layout Subsection
26577 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26582 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26590 \begin_layout Standard
26591 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26592 the symbol definition.
26593 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26594 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26597 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26598 LatexCommand nomenclature
26600 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26607 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26612 LatexCommand nomenclature
26615 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26620 They will be sorted by
26621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26647 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26650 will be sorted before the
26654 since the character
26655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26662 is considered in sorting.
26665 \begin_layout Standard
26666 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26669 \begin_inset space ~
26674 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26675 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26677 For the given example, you can insert
26681 to this field for the
26682 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26689 will be located before
26690 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26696 \begin_layout Standard
26697 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26702 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26711 \begin_layout Subsection
26712 Nomenclature Options
26716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26717 Nomenclature ! Options
26725 \begin_layout Standard
26730 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26731 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26734 \begin_layout Description
26735 refeq Appends the phrase
26736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26751 to every nomenclature entry, where
26757 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26760 \begin_layout Description
26761 refpage Appends the phrase
26762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26777 to every nomenclature entry, where
26783 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26786 \begin_layout Description
26787 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26790 \begin_layout Standard
26791 There are furthermore the options
26835 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26839 \begin_layout Standard
26840 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26841 class options list in the
26843 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26847 In this document the options
26858 \begin_layout Standard
26859 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26865 \begin_layout Standard
26866 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26867 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26872 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26875 \begin_layout Description
26885 \begin_layout Description
26888 nomrefpage Like the
26895 \begin_layout Description
26898 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26907 \begin_layout Description
26911 \begin_inset space ~
26917 \begin_inset space ~
26922 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26925 \begin_layout Subsection
26926 Printing the Nomenclature
26930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26931 Nomenclature ! Printing
26939 \begin_layout Standard
26940 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26942 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26944 \begin_inset space ~
26948 \begin_inset space ~
26951 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26955 A light blue box labeled
26956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26967 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26968 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26971 \begin_layout Standard
26972 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26981 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26989 For example, in order to change the name to
26993 , add the following line to the preamble:
26996 \begin_layout Standard
27004 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27007 \begin_layout Standard
27008 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27014 \begin_layout Standard
27015 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27016 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27019 \begin_layout Standard
27027 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27030 \begin_layout Standard
27033 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27034 \begin_inset space ~
27038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27040 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27045 The default value is 1
27046 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27052 \begin_layout Subsection
27053 Nomenclature Program
27057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27058 Nomenclature ! Program
27064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27066 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27073 \begin_layout Standard
27074 LyX uses the program
27078 to generate the nomenclature, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
27079 LyX's preferences dialog allows to specify another program or to control
27084 by adding options, see section
27085 \begin_inset space ~
27089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27091 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27096 The available options are listed and explained in
27097 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27099 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27106 \begin_layout Section
27111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27122 Document ! Branches
27128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27130 name "sec:Branches"
27137 \begin_layout Standard
27138 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27139 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27140 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27141 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27144 \begin_layout Standard
27145 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27146 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27147 To create a branch, go in the
27149 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27157 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27158 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27161 \begin_layout Standard
27162 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27163 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27165 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27168 where you can choose a branch.
27169 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27172 \begin_layout Standard
27173 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27174 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27177 \begin_layout Standard
27178 \begin_inset Branch Question
27181 \begin_layout Standard
27182 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27190 \begin_layout Standard
27191 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27194 \begin_layout Standard
27195 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27203 \begin_layout Standard
27204 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27210 \begin_layout Standard
27211 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27212 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27214 For example you can define for the question branch
27218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27219 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27220 \begin_inset space ~
27224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27226 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27238 \begin_layout Standard
27248 \begin_layout Standard
27258 \begin_layout Standard
27259 and for the answer branch
27262 \begin_layout Standard
27272 \begin_layout Standard
27282 \begin_layout Standard
27283 \begin_inset Branch Question
27286 \begin_layout Standard
27290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27318 \begin_layout Standard
27319 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27322 \begin_layout Standard
27326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27354 \begin_layout Standard
27355 Now it is possible to use the commands
27359 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27366 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27369 to obtain conditional output.
27370 Here is an example formula where only the
27377 \begin_inset Formula \[
27378 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27385 \begin_layout Standard
27386 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27394 \begin_layout Section
27396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27398 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27420 dialog provides under
27424 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27425 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27434 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27447 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27448 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27449 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27451 You can specify in the dialog tab
27455 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27457 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27458 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27462 \begin_layout Standard
27467 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27468 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27469 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27471 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27472 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27474 \begin_inset space ~
27477 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27478 \begin_inset space ~
27481 1 will only display the sections.
27484 \begin_layout Standard
27485 The header informations in the dialog tab
27489 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27490 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
27491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27495 \begin_inset space \space{}
27498 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
27499 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27502 Automatic fill header
27504 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
27505 title and author settings.
27508 \begin_layout Standard
27511 Load in fullscreen mode
27513 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27516 \begin_layout Standard
27517 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27518 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27524 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
27525 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27534 \begin_layout Section
27535 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27538 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27545 \begin_layout Subsection
27550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27557 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27559 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27566 \begin_layout Standard
27567 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27568 constructs, but not all.
27569 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27570 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27571 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27572 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27573 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27577 \begin_layout Standard
27578 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27580 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27584 \begin_inset space ~
27589 or by the toolbar button
27590 \begin_inset Graphics
27591 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27596 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27601 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27602 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27603 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27610 , you can write the command part
27616 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27620 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27621 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27622 the following example:
27625 \begin_layout Standard
27626 \begin_inset Graphics
27627 filename clipart/ERT.png
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27639 \begin_layout Standard
27640 This is a line with a
27644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27668 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27676 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27677 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27685 \begin_layout Subsection
27686 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27687 \begin_inset OptArg
27690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27707 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27709 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27717 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27718 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27719 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27728 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27729 every time if you know the right commands.
27731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27735 \begin_inset space \space{}
27738 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27739 the end of the day.
27740 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27741 all caption labels bold.
27742 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27744 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27749 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27750 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27752 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27761 \begin_layout Standard
27762 As result you know that the package
27770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27771 LaTeX-packages ! caption
27777 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27779 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27785 \begin_layout Standard
27790 usepackage[options]{package name}
27793 \begin_layout Standard
27794 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27795 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27796 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27799 \begin_layout Standard
27800 In your case the package name is
27805 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27810 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27811 So you add the command
27814 \begin_layout Standard
27819 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27822 \begin_layout Standard
27823 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27828 For more commands provided by the
27832 package, have a look at its documentation,
27833 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27847 \begin_layout Standard
27848 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27850 For example if you use a
27854 class, you don't need the package
27858 , you can instead write
27861 \begin_layout Standard
27866 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27872 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27873 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27874 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27881 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27885 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27886 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27888 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27889 the previous section.
27892 \begin_layout Standard
27893 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27895 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27897 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27905 \begin_layout Section
27906 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27907 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27909 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27936 \begin_layout Standard
27937 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27938 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27939 to break your train of thought with
27941 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27947 \begin_layout Standard
27948 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27949 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27958 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27963 as explained below, and turn on
27966 \begin_inset space ~
27973 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27979 \begin_inset space ~
27983 \begin_inset space ~
27986 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27992 \begin_layout Standard
27993 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27995 Previews of an already loaded document are
27999 generated just by selecting the
28002 \begin_inset space ~
28007 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28010 \begin_layout Standard
28011 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28012 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28015 \begin_inset space ~
28020 check box in the insert dialog.
28021 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28025 \begin_layout Standard
28026 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28030 (on some systems named simply
28035 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28037 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28043 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28044 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28052 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28056 \begin_layout Standard
28057 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28063 \begin_layout Standard
28064 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28068 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28070 \begin_inset space ~
28075 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28076 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28078 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28079 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28080 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28081 the source view window.
28084 \begin_layout Section
28086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28088 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28105 \begin_layout Standard
28106 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28107 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28124 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28130 can be seen as successor of
28134 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28139 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28140 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28148 \begin_layout Standard
28149 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28150 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28160 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28163 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28164 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28165 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28166 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28167 scrolled so that it is visible.
28172 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28174 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28178 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28179 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28182 \begin_layout Standard
28183 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28186 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28190 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28191 will bring an error message.
28192 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28193 specifying a different
28195 Alternative language
28197 in preferences dialog.
28200 \begin_layout Standard
28201 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28204 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28208 \begin_layout Standard
28209 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28210 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28212 But you can use the
28215 \begin_inset space ~
28219 \begin_inset space ~
28227 \begin_layout Standard
28228 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28229 This does work with
28233 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28236 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28240 \begin_layout Standard
28245 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28248 \begin_layout Description
28250 \begin_inset space ~
28253 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28254 should consider, e.
28255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28259 \begin_inset space \space{}
28262 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28263 This should not normally be needed.
28266 \begin_layout Description
28268 \begin_inset space ~
28271 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28272 as your personal dictionary
28275 \begin_layout Description
28277 \begin_inset space ~
28281 \begin_inset space ~
28284 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28296 \begin_layout Description
28298 \begin_inset space ~
28302 \begin_inset space ~
28305 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28307 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28314 also for the spellchecker.
28318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28319 The encodings are explained in section
28320 \begin_inset space ~
28324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28326 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28335 Only enable this if you use
28339 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28340 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28341 so this is disabled by default.
28344 \begin_layout Section
28349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28358 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28365 \begin_layout Standard
28366 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28369 \begin_layout Standard
28370 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28373 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28376 or the toolbar button
28377 \begin_inset Graphics
28378 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28379 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28380 rotateOrigin center
28385 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28389 \begin_layout Standard
28390 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28391 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28392 cases to find related words.
28395 \begin_layout Standard
28396 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28398 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28403 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28406 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28407 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28411 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28415 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28416 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28420 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28428 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28434 \begin_layout Section
28439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28450 Document ! Change Tracking
28456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28458 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28465 \begin_layout Standard
28466 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28467 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28468 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28469 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28471 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28473 \begin_inset space ~
28476 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28478 \begin_inset space ~
28486 \begin_layout Standard
28487 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28496 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28499 \begin_inset space ~
28503 \begin_inset space ~
28516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28525 \begin_layout Standard
28526 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28539 \begin_layout Standard
28540 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28546 \begin_layout Standard
28547 \begin_inset Graphics
28548 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28555 \begin_layout Standard
28556 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28562 \begin_layout Standard
28563 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28567 \begin_layout Standard
28568 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28574 \begin_layout Standard
28575 \begin_inset Tabular
28576 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28577 <features islongtable="true">
28578 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28579 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28580 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28585 \begin_inset Graphics
28586 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28587 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28588 rotateOrigin center
28597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28603 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28605 \begin_inset space ~
28608 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28610 \begin_inset space ~
28619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28624 \begin_inset Graphics
28625 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28626 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28627 rotateOrigin center
28636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28642 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28644 \begin_inset space ~
28647 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28649 \begin_inset space ~
28653 \begin_inset space ~
28657 \begin_inset space ~
28666 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28671 \begin_inset Graphics
28672 filename ../images/change-next.png
28673 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28674 rotateOrigin center
28683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28687 Jumps to the next change
28693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28698 \begin_inset Graphics
28699 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28700 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28701 rotateOrigin center
28710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28716 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28718 \begin_inset space ~
28721 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28723 \begin_inset space ~
28732 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28737 \begin_inset Graphics
28738 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28739 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28740 rotateOrigin center
28749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28755 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28757 \begin_inset space ~
28760 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28762 \begin_inset space ~
28771 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28776 \begin_inset Graphics
28777 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28778 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28779 rotateOrigin center
28788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28794 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28796 \begin_inset space ~
28799 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28801 \begin_inset space ~
28810 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28815 \begin_inset Graphics
28816 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28817 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28818 rotateOrigin center
28827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28833 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28835 \begin_inset space ~
28838 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28840 \begin_inset space ~
28844 \begin_inset space ~
28853 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28858 \begin_inset Graphics
28859 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28860 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28861 rotateOrigin center
28870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28876 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28878 \begin_inset space ~
28881 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28883 \begin_inset space ~
28887 \begin_inset space ~
28896 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28901 \begin_inset Graphics
28902 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28903 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28904 rotateOrigin center
28913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28919 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28920 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28922 \begin_inset space ~
28931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28936 \begin_inset Graphics
28937 filename ../images/note-next.png
28938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28939 rotateOrigin center
28948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28954 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28956 \begin_inset space ~
28972 \begin_layout Standard
28973 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28979 \begin_layout Standard
28980 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28981 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28982 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28983 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28984 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28985 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28986 step to the next change.
28987 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28990 \begin_layout Standard
28991 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28992 to describe a change.
28995 \begin_layout Standard
28996 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29005 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29011 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29012 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29018 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29021 \begin_layout Section
29022 International Support
29026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29027 International support
29035 \begin_layout Standard
29036 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29037 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29038 how to set up LyX to use them:
29039 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29041 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29048 \begin_layout Standard
29049 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29050 \begin_inset space ~
29054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29056 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29063 \begin_layout Subsection
29068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29079 Document ! Settings
29088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29089 Document ! Language
29097 \begin_layout Standard
29100 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29103 dialog lets you set
29105 the language and character encoding for your language.
29109 \begin_layout Standard
29110 Choose your language in the
29114 section of this dialog.
29122 \begin_layout Standard
29127 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29131 use language's default encoding
29133 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29134 For details about the different encoding options see section
29135 \begin_inset space ~
29139 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29141 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29148 \begin_layout Subsection
29149 Keyboard mapping configuration
29150 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29152 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29159 \begin_layout Standard
29160 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29161 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29162 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29163 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29164 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29166 \begin_inset space ~
29170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29172 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29177 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29178 which one you want to use.
29181 \begin_layout Standard
29182 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29183 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29184 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29185 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29186 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29187 one to support the characters you want.
29188 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29195 \begin_layout Subsection
29199 \begin_layout Standard
29201 \begin_inset space ~
29205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29207 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29216 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29220 \begin_layout Standard
29221 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29222 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29230 \begin_layout Itemize
29231 Even if you have selected
29237 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29240 dialog, users who have only the
29244 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29248 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29249 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29250 french quotes won't show up.
29253 \begin_layout Standard
29254 \begin_inset Float table
29259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29260 \begin_inset Caption
29262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29265 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29283 \begin_inset Tabular
29284 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29288 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29289 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29290 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29291 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29292 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29294 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29295 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29297 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29299 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29300 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29301 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29302 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29621 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33715 \begin_layout Standard
33716 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33718 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33719 also the characters from
33731 \begin_layout Itemize
33740 \begin_layout Standard
33741 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33742 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33748 \begin_layout Standard
33749 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33750 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33756 \begin_layout Standard
33757 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33758 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33764 \begin_layout Standard
33765 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33766 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33772 \begin_layout Standard
33774 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33780 \begin_layout Standard
33782 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33788 \begin_layout Standard
33790 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33797 \begin_layout Itemize
33810 \begin_layout Standard
33812 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33818 \begin_layout Standard
33820 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33826 \begin_layout Standard
33828 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33834 \begin_layout Standard
33836 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33842 \begin_layout Standard
33844 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33850 \begin_layout Standard
33852 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33859 \begin_layout Standard
33860 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33861 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33862 Also make sure you're using the
33869 \begin_layout Chapter
33872 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33874 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33881 \begin_layout Standard
33882 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33883 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33884 inside the user's guide.
33887 \begin_layout Section
33892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33901 \begin_layout Standard
33906 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33907 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33910 \begin_layout Subsection
33914 \begin_layout Standard
33915 Creates a new document.
33918 \begin_layout Subsection
33922 \begin_layout Standard
33923 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33924 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33925 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33928 \begin_layout Subsection
33932 \begin_layout Standard
33936 \begin_layout Subsection
33940 \begin_layout Standard
33941 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33942 Click there on a file to open it.
33945 \begin_layout Subsection
33949 \begin_layout Standard
33950 Closes the current document.
33953 \begin_layout Subsection
33957 \begin_layout Standard
33958 Saves the actual document.
33961 \begin_layout Subsection
33965 \begin_layout Standard
33966 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33969 \begin_layout Subsection
33973 \begin_layout Standard
33974 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33977 \begin_layout Subsection
33981 \begin_layout Standard
33982 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33983 It is described in the section
33985 Version Control in LyX
33990 \begin_inset space ~
33998 \begin_layout Subsection
34002 \begin_layout Standard
34003 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34004 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34005 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34008 \begin_layout Standard
34009 When using the menu
34012 \begin_inset space ~
34016 \begin_inset space ~
34021 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34022 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34023 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34024 will start a new paragraph.
34027 \begin_layout Subsection
34029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34038 \begin_layout Standard
34039 You can export your document to various file formats.
34040 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34041 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34042 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34045 \begin_layout Standard
34046 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34048 \begin_inset space ~
34052 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34054 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34061 \begin_layout Description
34065 \begin_inset space ~
34070 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34071 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34074 \begin_layout Description
34082 \begin_layout Description
34083 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34087 \begin_layout Description
34089 \begin_inset space ~
34093 \begin_inset space ~
34096 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34100 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34108 \begin_layout Description
34115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34123 \begin_inset space ~
34128 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34129 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34133 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34136 \begin_layout Description
34143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34151 \begin_inset space ~
34156 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34157 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34165 \begin_layout Description
34167 \begin_inset space ~
34170 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34178 is replaced by the version number)
34181 \begin_layout Description
34182 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34195 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34199 \begin_layout Description
34204 PDF-format using the program
34209 \begin_layout Description
34213 \begin_inset space ~
34218 PDF-format using the program
34223 \begin_layout Description
34227 \begin_inset space ~
34232 PDF-format using the program
34237 \begin_layout Description
34241 \begin_inset space ~
34249 \begin_layout Description
34253 \begin_inset space ~
34257 \begin_inset space ~
34262 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34263 and then exported as text using the program
34268 \begin_layout Description
34273 PostScript format using the program
34278 \begin_layout Description
34286 \begin_layout Standard
34291 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34292 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34298 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34301 \begin_layout Standard
34302 If one of the menu entries
34309 \begin_inset space ~
34318 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34319 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34320 \begin_inset space ~
34324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34326 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34335 Reconfiguration of LyX
34343 \begin_layout Standard
34348 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34349 the export program.
34352 \begin_layout Subsection
34356 \begin_layout Standard
34357 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34358 or send it to a printer.
34359 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34360 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34366 For more informations have a look at section
34367 \begin_inset space ~
34371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34373 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34380 \begin_layout Subsection
34381 New and Close Window
34384 \begin_layout Standard
34385 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34386 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34389 \begin_layout Section
34394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34403 \begin_layout Subsection
34407 \begin_layout Standard
34408 Described in section
34409 \begin_inset space ~
34413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34415 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34422 \begin_layout Subsection
34423 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34426 \begin_layout Standard
34427 Described in section
34428 \begin_inset space ~
34432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34434 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34441 \begin_layout Subsection
34445 \begin_layout Standard
34446 Selects the whole document.
34449 \begin_layout Subsection
34453 \begin_layout Standard
34454 Described in section
34455 \begin_inset space ~
34459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34461 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34468 \begin_layout Subsection
34469 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34472 \begin_layout Standard
34473 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34477 \begin_layout Subsection
34481 \begin_layout Standard
34482 Described in section
34483 \begin_inset space ~
34487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34489 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34496 \begin_layout Subsection
34501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34502 Paragraph ! Settings
34510 \begin_layout Standard
34511 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34513 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34516 \begin_layout Standard
34517 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34518 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34521 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34527 \begin_inset space ~
34535 \begin_layout Subsection
34539 \begin_layout Standard
34540 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34541 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34542 The properties of tables are described in section
34543 \begin_inset space ~
34547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34549 reference "sec:Tables"
34553 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34554 \begin_inset space ~
34558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34560 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34567 \begin_layout Subsection
34568 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34571 \begin_layout Standard
34572 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34574 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34575 \begin_inset space ~
34579 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34581 reference "sec:Nesting"
34586 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34588 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34595 \begin_layout Section
34600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34609 \begin_layout Standard
34614 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34615 document with an external program.
34616 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34617 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34618 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34619 \begin_inset space ~
34623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34625 reference "sub:Export"
34630 You should at least see the menu entries
34637 \begin_inset space ~
34643 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34644 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34645 \begin_inset space ~
34649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34651 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34660 Reconfiguration of LyX
34668 \begin_layout Standard
34669 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34670 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34671 \begin_inset space ~
34675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34677 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34682 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34685 \begin_layout Standard
34686 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34689 At the bottom of the
34693 menu the opened documents are listed.
34696 \begin_layout Subsection
34697 Open/Close all Insets
34700 \begin_layout Standard
34701 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
34704 \begin_layout Subsection
34705 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
34708 \begin_layout Standard
34709 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
34712 \begin_layout Standard
34713 Math macros are described in the
34720 \begin_layout Subsection
34724 \begin_layout Standard
34725 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34727 \begin_inset space ~
34731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34733 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34740 \begin_layout Subsection
34744 \begin_layout Standard
34745 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34746 opening a new view window.
34749 \begin_layout Subsection
34753 \begin_layout Standard
34754 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
34755 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
34756 the same document, but at different positions.
34757 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
34758 or more documents the same time.
34759 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
34766 \begin_layout Subsection
34770 \begin_layout Standard
34771 Closes a split view.
34774 \begin_layout Subsection
34778 \begin_layout Standard
34779 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
34780 that you will see nothing than your text.
34781 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
34782 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
34783 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
34786 \begin_layout Subsection
34788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34790 name "sub:Toolbars"
34798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34807 \begin_layout Standard
34808 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34809 All toolbars and the
34812 \begin_inset space ~
34817 can be turned on and off.
34822 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34834 \begin_inset space ~
34843 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34847 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34854 \begin_layout Standard
34859 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34863 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34864 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34865 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34866 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34867 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34870 \begin_layout Standard
34871 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34872 \begin_inset space ~
34876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34878 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34885 \begin_layout Section
34890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34899 \begin_layout Subsection
34903 \begin_layout Standard
34904 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34905 \begin_inset space ~
34909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34911 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34922 \begin_layout Subsection
34924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34926 name "sub:Special-Character"
34933 \begin_layout Standard
34934 Here you can insert the following characters:
34937 \begin_layout Description
34938 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
34939 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
34940 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
34941 \begin_inset Newline newline
34945 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
34948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34953 Not all characters will be visible in the
34957 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
34959 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
34963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34965 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
34969 ) can display every character.
34977 \begin_layout Description
34978 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34982 \begin_layout Description
34984 \begin_inset space ~
34988 \begin_inset space ~
34991 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34992 \begin_inset space ~
34996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34998 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35005 \begin_layout Description
35007 \begin_inset space ~
35010 Quote Inserts this quote:
35011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35014 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35016 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35026 \begin_layout Description
35028 \begin_inset space ~
35031 Quote Inserts this quote:
35032 \begin_inset Quotes els
35038 \begin_layout Description
35040 \begin_inset space ~
35043 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35047 \begin_layout Description
35049 \begin_inset space ~
35052 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35056 \begin_layout Description
35058 \begin_inset space ~
35061 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35065 \begin_layout Description
35067 \begin_inset space ~
35074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35085 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35090 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35091 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35092 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35101 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35107 \begin_inset Newline newline
35110 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35114 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35122 and this Wiki-page:
35123 \begin_inset Newline newline
35127 \begin_inset Flex URL
35130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35132 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35140 \begin_layout Subsection
35144 \begin_layout Standard
35145 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35148 \begin_layout Description
35149 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35150 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35156 \begin_layout Description
35157 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35158 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35164 \begin_layout Description
35166 \begin_inset space ~
35169 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35170 \begin_inset space ~
35174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35176 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35183 \begin_layout Description
35185 \begin_inset space ~
35188 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35189 \begin_inset space ~
35193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35195 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35202 \begin_layout Description
35204 \begin_inset space ~
35207 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35208 \begin_inset space ~
35212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35214 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35221 \begin_layout Description
35223 \begin_inset space ~
35226 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35227 \begin_inset space ~
35231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35233 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35240 \begin_layout Description
35242 \begin_inset space ~
35245 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35246 \begin_inset space ~
35250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35252 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35259 \begin_layout Description
35261 \begin_inset space ~
35264 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35265 \begin_inset space ~
35269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35271 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35278 \begin_layout Description
35280 \begin_inset space ~
35283 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35284 \begin_inset space ~
35288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35290 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35297 \begin_layout Description
35299 \begin_inset space ~
35302 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35303 \begin_inset space ~
35307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35309 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35316 \begin_layout Description
35318 \begin_inset space ~
35322 \begin_inset space ~
35325 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35326 \begin_inset space ~
35330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35332 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35339 \begin_layout Description
35341 \begin_inset space ~
35344 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35345 text line to the page border, see section
35346 \begin_inset space ~
35350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35352 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35359 \begin_layout Description
35361 \begin_inset space ~
35364 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35365 \begin_inset space ~
35369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35371 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35378 \begin_layout Description
35380 \begin_inset space ~
35383 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35384 text page to the page border, described in section
35385 \begin_inset space ~
35389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35391 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35398 \begin_layout Description
35400 \begin_inset space ~
35403 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35404 \begin_inset space ~
35408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35410 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35417 \begin_layout Description
35419 \begin_inset space ~
35423 \begin_inset space ~
35426 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35427 \begin_inset space ~
35431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35433 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35440 \begin_layout Subsection
35444 \begin_layout Standard
35445 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35446 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35448 \begin_inset space ~
35452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35454 reference "sec:toc"
35459 The index list is described in section
35460 \begin_inset space ~
35464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35466 reference "sec:Index"
35470 , the nomenclature in section
35471 \begin_inset space ~
35475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35477 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35481 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35482 \begin_inset space ~
35486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35488 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35495 \begin_layout Subsection
35499 \begin_layout Standard
35500 To insert floats, described in section
35501 \begin_inset space ~
35505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35507 reference "sec:Floats"
35514 \begin_layout Subsection
35518 \begin_layout Standard
35519 To insert notes, described in section
35520 \begin_inset space ~
35524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35526 reference "sec:Notes"
35533 \begin_layout Subsection
35537 \begin_layout Standard
35538 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35539 \begin_inset space ~
35543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35545 reference "sec:Branches"
35552 \begin_layout Subsection
35557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35566 \begin_layout Standard
35567 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
35568 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35579 \begin_layout Subsection
35584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35593 \begin_layout Standard
35594 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35595 \begin_inset space ~
35599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35601 reference "sec:Minipages"
35606 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35617 \begin_layout Subsection
35621 \begin_layout Standard
35622 Inserts a citation as described in section
35623 \begin_inset space ~
35627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35629 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35636 \begin_layout Subsection
35640 \begin_layout Standard
35641 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35642 \begin_inset space ~
35646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35648 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35655 \begin_layout Subsection
35659 \begin_layout Standard
35660 Inserts a label as described in section
35661 \begin_inset space ~
35665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35667 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35674 \begin_layout Subsection
35679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35690 Longtables ! Caption
35698 \begin_layout Standard
35699 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35700 Floats are described in section
35701 \begin_inset space ~
35705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35707 reference "sec:Floats"
35711 , captions in longtables are described in section
35722 \begin_layout Subsection
35726 \begin_layout Standard
35727 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35728 \begin_inset space ~
35732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35734 reference "sec:Index"
35741 \begin_layout Subsection
35745 \begin_layout Standard
35746 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35747 \begin_inset space ~
35751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35753 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35760 \begin_layout Subsection
35764 \begin_layout Standard
35766 Tables are described in section
35767 \begin_inset space ~
35771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35773 reference "sec:Tables"
35780 \begin_layout Subsection
35784 \begin_layout Standard
35786 Graphics are described in section
35787 \begin_inset space ~
35791 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35793 reference "sec:Graphics"
35800 \begin_layout Subsection
35804 \begin_layout Standard
35805 Inserts an URL as described in section
35806 \begin_inset space ~
35810 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35812 reference "sub:URLs"
35819 \begin_layout Subsection
35823 \begin_layout Standard
35824 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
35825 \begin_inset space ~
35829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35831 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
35838 \begin_layout Subsection
35842 \begin_layout Standard
35843 Inserts a footnote, see section
35844 \begin_inset space ~
35848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35850 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35857 \begin_layout Subsection
35861 \begin_layout Standard
35862 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35863 \begin_inset space ~
35867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35869 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35876 \begin_layout Subsection
35880 \begin_layout Standard
35881 Inserts a short title, see section
35882 \begin_inset space ~
35886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35888 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35895 \begin_layout Subsection
35899 \begin_layout Standard
35900 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35901 \begin_inset space ~
35905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35907 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35914 \begin_layout Subsection
35919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35928 \begin_layout Standard
35929 Inserts a program listings box.
35930 Program listings are explained in chapter
35932 Program Code Listings
35941 \begin_layout Subsection
35945 \begin_layout Standard
35946 Inserts the actual date.
35947 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
35949 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35959 There the different methods are also compared.
35962 \begin_layout Section
35967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35976 \begin_layout Standard
35977 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
35978 \begin_inset space ~
35981 of the current document.
35982 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35985 \begin_layout Subsection
35989 \begin_layout Standard
35990 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35991 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35997 \begin_inset space \space{}
36001 \begin_inset space ~
36005 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36006 \begin_inset space ~
36009 2.5 and use the menu
36012 \begin_inset space ~
36016 \begin_inset space ~
36023 \begin_inset space ~
36029 \begin_inset space ~
36033 \begin_inset space ~
36039 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36043 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36049 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36055 \begin_layout Standard
36056 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36057 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36060 \begin_layout Subsection
36061 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36064 \begin_layout Standard
36065 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36069 \begin_layout Subsection
36073 \begin_layout Standard
36074 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36075 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36076 on a cross-reference box.
36079 \begin_layout Section
36084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36093 \begin_layout Subsection
36097 \begin_layout Standard
36098 Change Tracking is described in section
36099 \begin_inset space ~
36103 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36105 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36112 \begin_layout Subsection
36117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36127 \begin_layout Standard
36128 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36130 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36133 \begin_layout Standard
36134 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36139 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36142 \begin_layout Subsection
36146 \begin_layout Standard
36147 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36148 \begin_inset space ~
36152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36154 reference "sec:Navigating"
36159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36161 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36168 \begin_layout Subsection
36169 Start Appendix Here
36172 \begin_layout Standard
36173 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36174 position as described in section
36175 \begin_inset space ~
36179 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36181 reference "sec:Appendices"
36188 \begin_layout Subsection
36192 \begin_layout Standard
36193 Un/compresses the actual document.
36196 \begin_layout Subsection
36200 \begin_layout Standard
36201 The document settings are described in appendix
36202 \begin_inset space ~
36206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36208 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36215 \begin_layout Section
36220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36229 \begin_layout Subsection
36233 \begin_layout Standard
36234 Spell checking is explained in section
36235 \begin_inset space ~
36239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36241 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36248 \begin_layout Subsection
36252 \begin_layout Standard
36253 The thesaurus is described in section
36254 \begin_inset space ~
36258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36260 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36267 \begin_layout Subsection
36272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36291 \begin_layout Standard
36292 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36293 highlighted document part.
36296 \begin_layout Subsection
36301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36310 \begin_layout Standard
36311 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36314 \begin_layout Subsection
36319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36320 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36331 Reconfiguration of LyX
36335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36352 Reconfiguration of LyX
36360 \begin_layout Standard
36361 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36362 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36363 \begin_inset space ~
36367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36369 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36376 \begin_layout Subsection
36380 \begin_layout Standard
36381 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36382 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36388 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36395 \begin_layout Section
36400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36409 \begin_layout Standard
36410 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36414 \begin_layout Standard
36418 \begin_inset space ~
36423 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36424 found by LyX (see also section
36425 \begin_inset space ~
36429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36431 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36438 \begin_layout Section
36440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36442 name "sec:Toolbars"
36449 \begin_layout Standard
36450 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36451 \begin_inset space ~
36455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36457 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36464 \begin_layout Standard
36465 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36466 This is described in the
36468 Additional Features
36473 \begin_layout Subsection
36478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36487 \begin_layout Standard
36488 \begin_inset Graphics
36489 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36497 \begin_layout Standard
36498 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36504 \begin_layout Standard
36505 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36522 \begin_inset Note Note
36525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36526 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36531 manual for more information.
36539 \begin_layout Standard
36540 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36546 \begin_layout Standard
36547 \begin_inset Tabular
36548 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36549 <features islongtable="true">
36550 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36551 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36557 \begin_inset Graphics
36558 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36572 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
36585 \begin_layout Standard
36586 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36592 \begin_layout Standard
36594 \begin_inset Tabular
36595 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36596 <features islongtable="true">
36597 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36598 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36599 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36606 \begin_inset Graphics
36607 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36608 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36623 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36630 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36635 \begin_inset Graphics
36636 filename ../images/file-open.png
36637 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36652 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36659 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36664 \begin_inset Graphics
36665 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36681 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36693 \begin_inset Graphics
36694 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36695 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36710 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36717 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36722 \begin_inset Graphics
36723 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36724 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36739 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36746 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36751 \begin_inset Graphics
36752 filename ../images/undo.png
36753 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36768 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36775 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36780 \begin_inset Graphics
36781 filename ../images/redo.png
36782 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36797 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36804 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36809 \begin_inset Graphics
36810 filename ../images/cut.png
36811 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36826 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36833 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36838 \begin_inset Graphics
36839 filename ../images/copy.png
36840 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36855 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36862 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36867 \begin_inset Graphics
36868 filename ../images/paste.png
36869 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36884 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36891 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36896 \begin_inset Graphics
36897 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
36898 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36899 rotateOrigin center
36908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36914 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36916 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36920 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36929 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36934 \begin_inset Graphics
36935 filename ../images/font-emph.png
36936 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36949 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
36951 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36953 \begin_inset space ~
36964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36969 \begin_inset Graphics
36970 filename ../images/font-noun.png
36971 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36984 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
36986 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
36988 \begin_inset space ~
36999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37004 \begin_inset Graphics
37005 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37006 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37019 Formats text using the current settings in the
37021 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37023 \begin_inset space ~
37034 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37039 \begin_inset Graphics
37040 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37041 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37056 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37057 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37059 \begin_inset space ~
37068 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37073 \begin_inset Graphics
37074 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37075 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37076 rotateOrigin center
37085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37098 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37103 \begin_inset Graphics
37104 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37105 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37106 rotateOrigin center
37115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37128 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37133 \begin_inset Graphics
37134 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37136 rotateOrigin center
37145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37149 Toggle outline window on/off,
37151 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37163 \begin_inset Graphics
37164 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37165 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37166 rotateOrigin center
37175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37179 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37185 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37190 \begin_inset Graphics
37191 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37192 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37193 rotateOrigin center
37202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37206 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37219 \begin_layout Subsection
37224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37233 \begin_layout Standard
37234 \begin_inset Graphics
37235 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37243 \begin_layout Standard
37244 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37250 \begin_layout Standard
37251 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37255 \begin_layout Standard
37256 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37262 \begin_layout Standard
37263 \begin_inset Tabular
37264 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37265 <features islongtable="true">
37266 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37267 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37268 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37273 \begin_inset Graphics
37274 filename ../images/layout.png
37275 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37276 rotateOrigin center
37285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37295 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37300 \begin_inset Graphics
37301 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37302 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37303 rotateOrigin center
37312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37327 \begin_inset Graphics
37328 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37330 rotateOrigin center
37339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37354 \begin_inset Graphics
37355 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37357 rotateOrigin center
37366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37381 \begin_inset Graphics
37382 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37383 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37384 rotateOrigin center
37393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37403 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37408 \begin_inset Graphics
37409 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37410 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37411 rotateOrigin center
37420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37426 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37428 \begin_inset space ~
37432 \begin_inset space ~
37441 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37446 \begin_inset Graphics
37447 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37448 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37449 rotateOrigin center
37458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37464 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37466 \begin_inset space ~
37470 \begin_inset space ~
37479 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37484 \begin_inset Graphics
37485 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37486 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37501 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37502 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37514 \begin_inset Graphics
37515 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37531 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37532 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37539 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37544 \begin_inset Graphics
37545 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37546 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37561 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37573 \begin_inset Graphics
37574 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37597 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37602 \begin_inset Graphics
37603 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37604 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37626 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37631 \begin_inset Graphics
37632 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37633 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37648 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37650 \begin_inset space ~
37659 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37664 \begin_inset Graphics
37665 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37681 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37683 \begin_inset space ~
37692 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37697 \begin_inset Graphics
37698 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37699 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37726 \begin_inset Graphics
37727 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37728 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37729 rotateOrigin center
37738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37744 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37746 \begin_inset space ~
37755 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37760 \begin_inset Graphics
37761 filename ../images/note-insert.png
37762 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37777 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37778 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37780 \begin_inset space ~
37789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 \begin_inset Graphics
37795 filename ../images/box-insert.png
37796 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37811 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37818 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37823 \begin_inset Graphics
37824 filename ../images/url-insert.png
37825 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37840 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37852 \begin_inset Graphics
37853 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
37854 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37869 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37891 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37896 \begin_inset Graphics
37897 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
37898 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37913 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37914 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37921 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37926 \begin_inset Graphics
37927 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
37928 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37944 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37946 \begin_inset space ~
37955 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37960 \begin_inset Graphics
37961 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
37962 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37963 rotateOrigin center
37972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37978 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37980 \begin_inset space ~
37989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37994 \begin_inset Graphics
37995 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
37996 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37997 rotateOrigin center
38006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38012 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38014 \begin_inset space ~
38023 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38028 \begin_inset Graphics
38029 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38030 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38031 rotateOrigin center
38040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38046 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38060 \begin_layout Subsection
38061 View / Update Toolbar
38065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38066 Toolbar ! View / Update
38074 \begin_layout Standard
38075 \begin_inset Graphics
38076 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38083 \begin_layout Standard
38084 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38090 \begin_layout Standard
38091 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38095 \begin_layout Standard
38096 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38102 \begin_layout Standard
38103 \begin_inset Tabular
38104 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38105 <features islongtable="true">
38106 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38107 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38108 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38113 \begin_inset Graphics
38114 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38115 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38116 rotateOrigin center
38125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38131 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38138 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38143 \begin_inset Graphics
38144 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38145 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38146 rotateOrigin center
38155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38161 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38162 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38169 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38174 \begin_inset Graphics
38175 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38176 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38177 rotateOrigin center
38186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38192 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38199 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38204 \begin_inset Graphics
38205 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38206 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38207 rotateOrigin center
38216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38222 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38223 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38230 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38235 \begin_inset Graphics
38236 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38237 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38238 rotateOrigin center
38247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38253 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38260 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38265 \begin_inset Graphics
38266 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38267 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38268 rotateOrigin center
38277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38283 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38284 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38298 \begin_layout Subsection
38302 \begin_layout Standard
38303 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38304 \begin_inset space ~
38308 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38310 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38314 , the table toolbar
38318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38328 manual, the math macro toolbar
38332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38345 \begin_layout Chapter
38346 The Document Settings
38347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38349 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38358 Document ! Settings
38366 \begin_layout Standard
38367 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38368 whole document and is called with the menu
38370 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38374 You can save your document settings as default with th
38376 e Save as Document Defaults
38378 button in the dialog.
38379 This will create a template name
38387 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38391 \begin_layout Standard
38392 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38395 \begin_layout Section
38399 \begin_layout Standard
38400 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38402 Document classes are described in section
38403 \begin_inset space ~
38407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38409 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38414 Some classes use some class options by default.
38415 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38419 and you can decide to use them or not.
38420 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38421 recommended not to touch them.
38422 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38428 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38429 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38434 When you want one of the following drivers
38435 \begin_inset Newline newline
38438 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38439 \begin_inset Newline newline
38442 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38447 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38449 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38461 \begin_layout Standard
38462 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38463 child or subdocument.
38464 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38465 without its master.
38466 This way child documents are always compileable.
38467 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38478 \begin_layout Section
38482 \begin_layout Standard
38483 Modules are explained in section
38484 \begin_inset space ~
38488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38490 reference "sub:Modules"
38497 \begin_layout Section
38501 \begin_layout Standard
38502 The document font settings are described in section
38503 \begin_inset space ~
38507 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38509 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
38516 \begin_layout Section
38520 \begin_layout Standard
38521 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
38523 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
38527 \begin_layout Standard
38528 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
38529 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
38530 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
38533 \begin_layout Standard
38534 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
38542 \begin_layout Section
38546 \begin_layout Standard
38547 A description of this menu is given in section
38548 \begin_inset space ~
38552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38554 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
38559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38561 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
38568 \begin_layout Section
38572 \begin_layout Standard
38573 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
38574 \begin_inset space ~
38578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38580 reference "sub:Margins"
38587 \begin_layout Section
38592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38593 Language ! Encoding
38601 \begin_layout Standard
38602 The document language and quote styles are set here.
38603 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
38604 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
38605 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
38606 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
38607 known for a particular character).
38611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38612 The known commands are defined in a text file.
38613 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
38618 manual for details.
38626 \begin_layout Standard
38627 If you use the option
38631 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
38632 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
38633 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
38634 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
38635 exactly one encoding.
38636 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
38644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38645 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
38646 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
38648 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
38649 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38663 \begin_layout Standard
38664 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
38665 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
38666 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
38667 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
38668 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
38669 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
38674 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
38675 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
38676 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
38679 \begin_layout Standard
38680 Here is a list with the important encodings:
38683 \begin_layout Description
38685 \begin_inset space ~
38689 \begin_inset space ~
38693 \begin_inset space ~
38700 , but the LaTeX-package
38708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38709 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
38715 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
38716 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
38717 languages in TeX code.
38720 \begin_layout Description
38721 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
38722 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
38723 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
38726 \begin_layout Description
38728 \begin_inset space ~
38732 \begin_inset space ~
38735 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
38738 \begin_layout Description
38740 \begin_inset space ~
38744 \begin_inset space ~
38747 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
38750 \begin_layout Description
38752 \begin_inset space ~
38755 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
38758 \begin_layout Description
38760 \begin_inset space ~
38764 \begin_inset space ~
38767 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
38768 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
38771 \begin_layout Description
38773 \begin_inset space ~
38777 \begin_inset space ~
38780 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
38784 \begin_layout Description
38786 \begin_inset space ~
38790 \begin_inset space ~
38793 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
38794 ISO-8859-13 encoding
38797 \begin_layout Description
38799 \begin_inset space ~
38803 \begin_inset space ~
38807 \begin_inset space ~
38810 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
38811 \begin_inset space ~
38817 \begin_layout Description
38819 \begin_inset space ~
38823 \begin_inset space ~
38827 \begin_inset space ~
38830 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
38831 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
38834 \begin_layout Description
38836 \begin_inset space ~
38840 \begin_inset space ~
38843 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
38844 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
38845 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38846 \begin_inset space ~
38850 \begin_inset space ~
38856 \begin_layout Description
38858 \begin_inset space ~
38862 \begin_inset space ~
38865 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
38866 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
38867 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
38868 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
38869 \begin_inset space ~
38873 \begin_inset space ~
38879 \begin_layout Description
38881 \begin_inset space ~
38885 \begin_inset space ~
38888 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
38891 \begin_layout Description
38893 \begin_inset space ~
38897 \begin_inset space ~
38900 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
38903 \begin_layout Description
38905 \begin_inset space ~
38909 \begin_inset space ~
38912 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
38915 \begin_layout Description
38917 \begin_inset space ~
38920 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
38923 \begin_layout Description
38925 \begin_inset space ~
38928 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
38931 \begin_layout Description
38933 \begin_inset space ~
38937 \begin_inset space ~
38940 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
38943 \begin_layout Description
38945 \begin_inset space ~
38949 \begin_inset space ~
38955 \begin_layout Description
38957 \begin_inset space ~
38961 \begin_inset space ~
38964 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
38967 \begin_layout Description
38969 \begin_inset space ~
38973 \begin_inset space ~
38979 \begin_layout Description
38981 \begin_inset space ~
38985 \begin_inset space ~
38988 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
38996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38997 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39002 , when using this, set the document language to
39007 \begin_layout Description
39009 \begin_inset space ~
39013 \begin_inset space ~
39016 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39020 , when using this, set the document language to
39025 \begin_layout Description
39027 \begin_inset space ~
39031 \begin_inset space ~
39034 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39043 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39048 , when using this, set the document language to
39053 \begin_layout Description
39055 \begin_inset space ~
39059 \begin_inset space ~
39062 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39066 , when using this, set the document language to
39071 \begin_layout Description
39073 \begin_inset space ~
39077 \begin_inset space ~
39080 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39084 , when using this, set the document language to
39089 \begin_layout Description
39091 \begin_inset space ~
39094 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39097 \begin_layout Description
39099 \begin_inset space ~
39103 \begin_inset space ~
39107 \begin_inset space ~
39110 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39113 \begin_layout Description
39115 \begin_inset space ~
39119 \begin_inset space ~
39123 \begin_inset space ~
39126 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39127 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39128 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39131 \begin_layout Description
39133 \begin_inset space ~
39137 \begin_inset space ~
39143 \begin_layout Description
39145 \begin_inset space ~
39149 \begin_inset space ~
39152 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39153 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39156 \begin_layout Description
39158 \begin_inset space ~
39162 \begin_inset space ~
39165 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39174 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39179 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39182 \begin_layout Description
39184 \begin_inset space ~
39188 \begin_inset space ~
39191 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39195 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39204 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39205 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39219 \begin_layout Description
39221 \begin_inset space ~
39225 \begin_inset space ~
39228 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39237 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39242 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39245 \begin_layout Description
39247 \begin_inset space ~
39250 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39259 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39265 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39269 \begin_layout Description
39271 \begin_inset space ~
39275 \begin_inset space ~
39279 \begin_inset space ~
39282 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39283 \begin_inset space ~
39289 \begin_layout Description
39291 \begin_inset space ~
39295 \begin_inset space ~
39299 \begin_inset space ~
39302 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39303 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39304 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39308 \begin_layout Description
39310 \begin_inset space ~
39314 \begin_inset space ~
39318 \begin_inset space ~
39321 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39322 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39325 \begin_layout Section
39329 \begin_layout Standard
39330 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39332 \begin_inset space ~
39336 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39338 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39345 \begin_layout Section
39349 \begin_layout Standard
39350 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39359 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39373 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39379 For a further description see section
39380 \begin_inset space ~
39384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39386 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39393 \begin_layout Section
39397 \begin_layout Standard
39398 The PDF properties are explained in section
39399 \begin_inset space ~
39403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39405 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39412 \begin_layout Section
39416 \begin_layout Standard
39417 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39426 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39440 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39445 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39448 \begin_layout Standard
39453 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39454 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39457 \begin_layout Standard
39462 is used for special integral characters.
39465 \begin_layout Section
39469 \begin_layout Standard
39470 The float placement options are described in section
39471 \begin_inset space ~
39475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39477 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39484 \begin_layout Section
39488 \begin_layout Standard
39489 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39490 The itemize environment is described in section
39491 \begin_inset space ~
39495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39497 reference "sec:Itemize"
39504 \begin_layout Section
39508 \begin_layout Standard
39509 Branches are described in section
39510 \begin_inset space ~
39514 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39516 reference "sec:Branches"
39523 \begin_layout Section
39528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39538 \begin_layout Standard
39539 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
39540 to define LaTeX-commands.
39541 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
39542 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
39546 \begin_layout Standard
39547 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
39548 \begin_inset space ~
39552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39554 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
39561 \begin_layout Chapter
39567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39569 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39586 \begin_layout Standard
39587 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
39589 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39593 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39596 \begin_layout Section
39600 \begin_layout Subsection
39604 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39605 User Interface File
39609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39610 Customization ! of toolbars
39619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39620 Customization ! of menus
39628 \begin_layout Standard
39629 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39637 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
39646 \begin_layout Standard
39647 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39648 interface (ui) file.
39649 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39650 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39659 Both files are loaded by the
39664 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39665 files and edit the entries.
39668 \begin_layout Standard
39669 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39681 entries must be ended with an explicit
39706 and in the case of the
39707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39719 The syntax for the entries is:
39722 \begin_layout Standard
39723 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39751 \begin_layout Standard
39753 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39756 All LyX-functions are listed in
39757 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39766 \begin_layout Standard
39767 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39773 \begin_layout Standard
39774 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39776 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39779 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39783 \begin_layout Standard
39784 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39789 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39792 \begin_layout Standard
39794 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39797 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39800 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39804 \begin_layout Standard
39807 Enable tool tips in main work area
39809 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
39813 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39817 \begin_layout Standard
39821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39825 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39828 restoring of window layout and geometries
39830 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
39831 in the last LyX session.
39834 \begin_layout Standard
39837 Restore cursor positions
39839 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39843 \begin_layout Standard
39846 Load opened files from last session
39848 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39851 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39855 name "sub:Backup documents"
39863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39872 \begin_layout Standard
39877 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39880 \begin_layout Standard
39885 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39888 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39898 \begin_layout Standard
39901 Open documents in tabs
39903 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
39907 \begin_layout Subsection
39912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39919 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39921 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39928 \begin_layout Standard
39929 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39932 \begin_layout Standard
39933 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39941 This section only deals with the fonts
39946 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39949 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39950 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39961 \begin_layout Standard
39962 By default, LyX uses
39966 as roman (serif) font,
39974 (depends on the system) as
39977 \begin_inset space ~
39993 \begin_layout Standard
39994 You can change the font size with the
39999 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40000 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40003 \begin_layout Standard
40008 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40009 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40014 points have the size of 1
40015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40019 \begin_inset space ~
40023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40025 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40032 \begin_layout Standard
40037 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40038 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40042 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40043 \begin_inset space ~
40047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40049 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40056 \begin_layout Standard
40059 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40061 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40062 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40063 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40064 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40066 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40067 \begin_inset space ~
40073 \begin_layout Subsection
40078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40097 \begin_layout Standard
40098 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40099 Choose an item in the list and use the
40106 \begin_layout Subsection
40111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40112 Settings ! Graphics
40120 \begin_layout Standard
40121 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40124 \begin_layout Standard
40129 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40130 This feature is described in section
40131 \begin_inset space ~
40135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40137 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40144 \begin_layout Section
40149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40158 \begin_layout Subsection
40162 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40166 \begin_layout Standard
40169 Cursor follows scrollbar
40171 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40175 \begin_layout Standard
40178 Sort environments alphabetically
40180 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40183 \begin_layout Standard
40186 Group environments by their category
40188 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40191 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40195 \begin_layout Standard
40196 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40201 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40202 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40206 \begin_layout Subsection
40211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40222 Settings ! Shortcuts
40230 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40234 \begin_layout Standard
40235 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40236 Several binding files are available:
40239 \begin_layout Description
40240 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40243 \begin_layout Description
40244 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40255 \begin_layout Description
40256 mac.bind set of bindings for
40259 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40267 \begin_layout Standard
40268 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40272 , and bind files for special languages.
40273 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40278 \begin_inset space \space{}
40282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40290 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40294 \begin_layout Standard
40295 Some bind-files, like
40299 , have only a small scope.
40300 When looking at the the end of the file
40304 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40309 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40311 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40320 Key Bindings ! Editing
40328 \begin_layout Standard
40329 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40330 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40331 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40334 Show key-bindings containing
40337 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40338 Insert there for example as keyword
40339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40346 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40348 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40352 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40356 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40357 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40361 that you find in the
40368 \begin_layout Standard
40370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40374 \begin_inset space \space{}
40385 , select the function and press the
40390 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40391 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40392 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40393 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40394 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40396 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40398 The binding for the function
40402 is an example for this.
40405 \begin_layout Standard
40406 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40408 The syntax of the entries is:
40411 \begin_layout Standard
40417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40421 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40429 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40435 \begin_layout Subsection
40437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40447 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40466 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40474 \begin_layout Standard
40475 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40476 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40482 \begin_inset space \space{}
40485 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40486 can use the keyboard map file named
40493 \begin_layout Standard
40494 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40502 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40510 \begin_layout Standard
40511 Besides this, you can specify here the
40513 Wheel scrolling speed
40516 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40520 \begin_layout Subsection
40522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40524 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
40532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40541 \begin_layout Standard
40542 Input completion is described in sec.
40543 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40549 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
40554 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
40556 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
40557 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
40561 \begin_layout Section
40566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40585 \begin_layout Description
40587 \begin_inset space ~
40590 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40591 It is the default when you
40602 \begin_inset space ~
40610 \begin_layout Description
40612 \begin_inset space ~
40615 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
40617 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40619 \begin_inset space ~
40623 \begin_inset space ~
40631 \begin_layout Description
40633 \begin_inset space ~
40636 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
40642 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40646 \begin_inset Newline newline
40650 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40662 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
40670 \begin_layout Description
40672 \begin_inset space ~
40679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40685 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
40686 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
40687 \begin_inset space ~
40691 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40693 reference "sub:Backup documents"
40701 will be used to save the backups.
40702 \begin_inset Newline newline
40705 The backup files have the ending
40706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40716 \begin_layout Description
40721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40728 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
40729 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
40730 \begin_inset Newline newline
40734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40742 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
40750 \begin_layout Description
40752 \begin_inset space ~
40755 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
40758 \begin_layout Description
40760 \begin_inset space ~
40763 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
40764 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
40765 to find it on the system.
40766 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
40767 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
40769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40773 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40776 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
40777 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40781 \begin_layout Section
40785 \begin_layout Standard
40786 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40787 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40789 \begin_inset space ~
40793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40795 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40799 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40802 \begin_layout Section
40807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40808 Language ! Settings
40817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40818 Settings ! Language
40826 \begin_layout Subsection
40830 \begin_layout Description
40832 \begin_inset space ~
40836 \begin_inset space ~
40839 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
40840 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
40841 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
40842 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
40843 You find the actual translation status here:
40844 \begin_inset CommandInset href
40846 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40847 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
40854 \begin_layout Description
40856 \begin_inset space ~
40859 language is the language used in new documents
40862 \begin_layout Description
40864 \begin_inset space ~
40867 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40869 The default is the LaTeX-command
40875 that loads the package
40883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40884 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40885 \begin_inset space ~
40889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40891 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40901 \begin_inset Newline newline
40908 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40909 the document language.
40910 A text label is for instance the word
40911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40918 at the beginning of every table caption.
40921 \begin_layout Description
40923 \begin_inset space ~
40926 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40927 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40928 An example is the start command
40934 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40939 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40954 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40959 \begin_layout Description
40961 \begin_inset space ~
40969 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40970 command toggles the package on and off.
40973 \begin_layout Description
40975 \begin_inset space ~
40985 \begin_layout Description
40986 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40987 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40988 used by all LaTeX-packages.
40989 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40996 \begin_layout Description
40998 \begin_inset space ~
41001 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41003 When this option is not set, the
41006 \begin_inset space ~
41011 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41012 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41015 \begin_inset space ~
41023 \begin_layout Description
41025 \begin_inset space ~
41031 \begin_inset space ~
41037 When it is not set, the
41040 \begin_inset space ~
41045 is set to the end of the document.
41048 \begin_layout Description
41050 \begin_inset space ~
41054 \begin_inset space ~
41057 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41058 language will be underlined blue.
41061 \begin_layout Description
41063 \begin_inset space ~
41067 \begin_inset space ~
41070 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41071 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41074 \begin_layout Description
41076 \begin_inset space ~
41079 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41080 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41081 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41082 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41085 \begin_layout Subsection
41089 \begin_layout Standard
41090 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41091 \begin_inset space ~
41095 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41097 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41104 \begin_layout Section
41108 \begin_layout Subsection
41110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41139 \begin_layout Description
41141 \begin_inset space ~
41144 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41145 The name will be used when the
41150 \begin_inset Newline newline
41154 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41162 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41171 \begin_layout Description
41173 \begin_inset space ~
41177 \begin_inset space ~
41181 \begin_inset space ~
41184 printer This option works only for the
41189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41201 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41202 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41205 \begin_layout Description
41207 \begin_inset space ~
41210 command is the command LyX
41211 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41215 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41218 LaTeX uses for printing.
41219 The default is on most systems
41226 \begin_layout Description
41228 \begin_inset space ~
41232 \begin_inset space ~
41235 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41236 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41237 of the program that provides the
41244 \begin_layout Subsection
41249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41260 Settings ! Date format
41268 \begin_layout Standard
41269 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41270 \begin_inset Newline newline
41274 \begin_inset Flex URL
41277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41279 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41285 \begin_inset Newline newline
41288 For example the format
41289 \begin_inset Newline newline
41293 \begin_inset Newline newline
41296 prints the date as day/month/year.
41299 \begin_layout Subsection
41303 \begin_layout Description
41305 \begin_inset space ~
41309 \begin_inset space ~
41312 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41315 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41316 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41318 \begin_inset space ~
41324 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41328 \begin_layout Description
41330 \begin_inset space ~
41333 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41338 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41339 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41342 \begin_layout Subsection
41347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41355 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41357 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41374 \begin_layout Description
41379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41387 \begin_inset space ~
41390 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41395 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41417 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41430 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41431 LyX sets up in the background.
41432 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41435 \begin_layout Description
41437 \begin_inset space ~
41441 \begin_inset space ~
41444 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41449 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41452 \begin_layout Standard
41453 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41454 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41455 manuals of the applications.
41456 Currently the following commands can be set:
41459 \begin_layout Description
41464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 \begin_inset space ~
41475 command Command for the program
41479 that is described in section
41485 Additional Features
41490 \begin_layout Description
41495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41503 \begin_inset space ~
41506 command Command for the program
41510 that generates the bibliography, see section
41511 \begin_inset space ~
41515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41517 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41524 \begin_layout Description
41526 \begin_inset space ~
41529 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41530 \begin_inset space ~
41534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41536 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41543 \begin_layout Description
41545 \begin_inset space ~
41548 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
41549 \begin_inset space ~
41553 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41555 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
41562 \begin_layout Description
41564 \begin_inset space ~
41568 \begin_inset space ~
41572 \begin_inset space ~
41576 \begin_inset space ~
41579 options They only have an effect when the program
41583 is used as DVI-viewer.
41586 \begin_layout Description
41587 There are additionally the following options:
41590 \begin_layout Description
41592 \begin_inset space ~
41596 \begin_inset space ~
41600 \begin_inset space ~
41604 \begin_inset space ~
41608 \begin_inset space ~
41611 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
41612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41629 to separate folders.
41630 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
41634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41653 \begin_layout Description
41655 \begin_inset space ~
41659 \begin_inset space ~
41663 \begin_inset space ~
41667 \begin_inset space ~
41671 \begin_inset space ~
41675 \begin_inset space ~
41678 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41680 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41683 dialog when changing the document class.
41686 \begin_layout Section
41688 \begin_inset space ~
41695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41704 \begin_layout Subsection
41709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41718 \begin_layout Standard
41719 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41720 from one format to another.
41721 You can modify them or create new ones.
41722 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41729 \begin_inset space ~
41739 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
41743 \begin_inset space ~
41748 drop-down list, modify the
41752 field, and press the
41759 \begin_layout Standard
41762 Converter File Cache
41764 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
41767 Maximum Age (in days
41770 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
41771 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
41774 \begin_layout Standard
41775 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
41776 the converter definition, is described in section
41787 \begin_layout Subsection
41789 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41791 name "sec:File-Formats"
41799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41818 \begin_layout Standard
41819 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
41820 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
41824 \begin_layout Standard
41825 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
41826 is described in section
41837 \begin_layout Standard
41838 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41839 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41840 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41841 This is done by specifying a
41846 More about this is described in section
41857 \begin_layout Chapter
41858 Units available in LyX
41862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41871 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41878 \begin_layout Standard
41879 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41882 reference "cap:Units"
41886 explains all units available in LyX.
41889 \begin_layout Standard
41890 \begin_inset Float table
41896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41897 \begin_inset Caption
41899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41915 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41923 \begin_inset Tabular
41924 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41926 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42027 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42051 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42055 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42078 scaled point (65536
42079 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42083 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42107 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42111 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42135 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42139 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42143 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42171 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42194 % of original image width
42201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42408 \begin_layout Chapter
42410 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42419 \begin_layout Standard
42420 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42421 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42424 \begin_layout Itemize
42427 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42430 \begin_layout Itemize
42436 \begin_layout Itemize
42442 \begin_layout Itemize
42448 \begin_layout Itemize
42454 \begin_layout Itemize
42460 \begin_layout Itemize
42466 \begin_layout Itemize
42472 \begin_layout Itemize
42475 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42478 \begin_layout Itemize
42484 \begin_layout Itemize
42490 \begin_layout Itemize
42496 \begin_layout Itemize
42502 \begin_layout Itemize
42508 \begin_layout Itemize
42514 \begin_layout Itemize
42520 \begin_layout Itemize
42526 \begin_layout Itemize
42528 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42537 \begin_layout Standard
42538 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42541 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42548 \begin_layout Bibliography
42549 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42550 LatexCommand bibitem
42557 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42560 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42565 \begin_inset Newline newline
42569 \begin_inset Flex URL
42572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42574 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42582 \begin_layout Bibliography
42583 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42584 LatexCommand bibitem
42585 key "latexcompanion"
42589 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42591 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42594 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42597 \begin_layout Bibliography
42598 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42599 LatexCommand bibitem
42604 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42607 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42610 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42613 \begin_layout Bibliography
42614 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42615 LatexCommand bibitem
42622 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42625 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42628 \begin_layout Bibliography
42629 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42630 LatexCommand bibitem
42642 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42645 \begin_layout Bibliography
42646 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42647 LatexCommand bibitem
42653 \begin_inset Newline newline
42657 \begin_inset Flex URL
42660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42662 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42670 \begin_layout Bibliography
42671 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42672 LatexCommand bibitem
42678 \begin_inset Newline newline
42682 \begin_inset Flex URL
42685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42687 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42695 \begin_layout Bibliography
42696 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42697 LatexCommand bibitem
42703 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42705 name "Documentation"
42706 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
42715 \begin_inset Newline newline
42719 \begin_inset Flex URL
42722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42724 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
42732 \begin_layout Bibliography
42733 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42734 LatexCommand bibitem
42740 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42742 name "Documentation"
42743 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
42752 \begin_inset Newline newline
42756 \begin_inset Flex URL
42759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42761 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
42769 \begin_layout Bibliography
42770 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42771 LatexCommand bibitem
42777 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42779 name "Documentation"
42780 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
42789 \begin_inset Newline newline
42793 \begin_inset Flex URL
42796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42798 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
42806 \begin_layout Bibliography
42807 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42808 LatexCommand bibitem
42814 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42816 name "Documentation"
42817 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
42821 of the LaTeX-package
42829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42830 LaTeX-packages ! caption
42836 \begin_inset Newline newline
42840 \begin_inset Flex URL
42843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42845 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
42853 \begin_layout Bibliography
42854 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42855 LatexCommand bibitem
42861 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42863 name "Documentation"
42864 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
42868 of the LaTeX-package
42876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42877 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42883 \begin_inset Newline newline
42887 \begin_inset Flex URL
42890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42892 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42900 \begin_layout Bibliography
42901 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42902 LatexCommand bibitem
42910 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42912 name "Documentation"
42913 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
42919 of the LaTeX-package
42927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42928 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
42934 \begin_inset Newline newline
42938 \begin_inset Flex URL
42941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42943 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
42951 \begin_layout Bibliography
42952 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42953 LatexCommand bibitem
42959 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42961 name "Documentation"
42962 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42966 of the LaTeX-package
42974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42975 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42981 \begin_inset Newline newline
42985 \begin_inset Flex URL
42988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42990 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42998 \begin_layout Bibliography
42999 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43000 LatexCommand bibitem
43006 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43008 name "Documentation"
43009 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43013 of the LaTeX-package
43021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43022 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43028 \begin_inset Newline newline
43032 \begin_inset Flex URL
43035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43037 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43045 \begin_layout Bibliography
43046 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43047 LatexCommand bibitem
43053 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43055 name "Documentation"
43056 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43060 of the LaTeX-package
43068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43069 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43075 \begin_inset Newline newline
43079 \begin_inset Flex URL
43082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43084 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43092 \begin_layout Bibliography
43093 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43094 LatexCommand bibitem
43100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43103 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43107 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43108 \begin_inset Newline newline
43112 \begin_inset Flex URL
43115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43117 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43125 \begin_layout Bibliography
43126 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43127 LatexCommand bibitem
43133 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43136 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43140 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43141 \begin_inset Newline newline
43145 \begin_inset Flex URL
43148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43150 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43158 \begin_layout Bibliography
43159 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43160 LatexCommand bibitem
43166 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43169 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43173 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43174 \begin_inset Newline newline
43178 \begin_inset Flex URL
43181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43183 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43191 \begin_layout Bibliography
43192 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43193 LatexCommand bibitem
43199 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43202 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43206 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43207 \begin_inset Newline newline
43211 \begin_inset Flex URL
43214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43216 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43224 \begin_layout Bibliography
43225 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43226 LatexCommand bibitem
43232 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43235 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43239 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43240 \begin_inset Newline newline
43244 \begin_inset Flex URL
43247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43249 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43257 \begin_layout Bibliography
43258 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43259 LatexCommand bibitem
43265 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43268 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43272 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43273 \begin_inset Newline newline
43277 \begin_inset Flex URL
43280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43282 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43290 \begin_layout Bibliography
43291 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43292 LatexCommand bibitem
43298 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43301 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43305 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43306 \begin_inset Newline newline
43310 \begin_inset Flex URL
43313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43315 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43323 \begin_layout Bibliography
43324 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43325 LatexCommand bibitem
43331 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43334 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43338 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43339 \begin_inset Newline newline
43343 \begin_inset Flex URL
43346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43348 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43356 \begin_layout Bibliography
43357 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43358 LatexCommand bibitem
43364 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43367 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43371 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43372 \begin_inset Newline newline
43376 \begin_inset Flex URL
43379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43381 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43389 \begin_layout Bibliography
43390 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43391 LatexCommand bibitem
43397 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43400 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43404 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43405 \begin_inset Newline newline
43409 \begin_inset Flex URL
43412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43414 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43422 \begin_layout Bibliography
43423 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43424 LatexCommand bibitem
43430 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43433 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43437 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43438 \begin_inset Newline newline
43442 \begin_inset Flex URL
43445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43447 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43455 \begin_layout Bibliography
43456 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43457 LatexCommand bibitem
43463 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43466 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43470 about new features in
43475 \begin_inset Newline newline
43479 \begin_inset Flex URL
43482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43484 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43492 \begin_layout Standard
43493 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43527 \begin_inset Note Note
43530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43537 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43538 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43539 bibliography is the second one:
43547 \begin_layout Standard
43548 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43549 LatexCommand bibtex
43550 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43551 options "biblio/alphadin"
43558 \begin_layout Standard
43559 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43562 \begin_layout Standard
43565 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43566 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43571 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43572 LatexCommand printindex